NEW YORK 

QUESTION BOOK. 

SUPPLEMENT No. i. 
I89I. 

From April, 1 890, to June, 1891, inclusive. 



CONTAINING ALL QUESTIONS USED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC 

INSTRUCTION, STATE OF NEW YORK, WITH ANSWERS 

SO FAR AS GIVEN, IN 

STATE EXAMINATIONS FOR LIFI! CERTIFICATES, 

UNIFORM EXAMINATIONS FOR COMMISSIONERS' CERTIFICATES, 

CORNELL SCHOLARSHIP EXAMINATIONS, 

NORMAL SCHOOL ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS. 

Arranged by Subjects and Dates. 



Price, 25 Cents. 



ALBANY, N. Y.: 

WEED, PAK80N8 AND COMPANY, PKINTERS. 

1891. 



NEW YORK 



QUESTION BOOK. 

SUPPLEMENT No. I. 
I89I. 



From April, 1 890, to June, 1891, inclusive. 

'A ■ 



CONTAINING ALL QUESTIONS USED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC 

INSTRUCTION, STATE OF NEW YORK, WITH ANSWERS 

SO FAR AS GIVEN, IN 

STATB EXAMINATIONS FOR LIFE OERTIFIOATES, 

UNIFORM EXAMINATIONS FOR OOaaMISSIONERS' OERTIFIOATES, 

CORNELL SCHOLARSHIP EXAMINATIONS^ 

NORMAL SCHOOL ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS. 



Arranged by Subjects and Dates. 




COMBILED BY 

CHARLES R.^'^SKINNER, A. M. 

Deputy Superintendent of Public Instiiiction. 



ALBANY, N. Y.: 

WEED, PARSONS AND COMPANY, PRINTERS. 

i8yL 



';^^h^ 



Entered, according to act of Congress, iu the year eighteen hundred and ninety-one. 

By weed, parsons & COMPANY, 

In the oflBce of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. 



OU EST IONS 



USED BY THE 



Departffleiit of Piililic Instruction of tlie State of New Yort, 



State Examinations 



LIFE CERTIFICATES. 



In Examinations held August 25-29, 1890. With Regulations, and List of 

Successful Candidates. 



STATE EXAMINATIONS FOR LIFE CERTIFICATES, 



In 1890, were held at the f-li-nving places: 



Place. 



Albany 

Binghamton 

Brooklyn 

Buffalo 

Elmiia 

Geneva 

Gouverneur 

Newburgh 

New York city . . , 

Ogdensburg 

Oneouta , 

Rochester 

Salamanca 

Saratoga Springs 

Syracuse 

Utica 

Watertown 



NAMES OF EXAMINERS. 



Profs. G. B. Weaver and C. E. Hawkins. 

Supt. M. W. Scott 

^rof. Edward G. Ward 

Dr. James M. Cassety 

Supt. E. J. Beardsley 

Prof. Isaac H. Stout 

Comr. T. B. Mackey 

Supt. R. V. K. Montfort 

Prof. H. R. Sanford 

Supt. Barney Whitney 

Dr. James M. Milno 

Supt. S. A. Ellis 

Prof. A. B. Davis 

Supt. E. N. Jones 

Supt A. B. Blodgett 

Supt. A. McMillan and Prof. C. T. Barne 
Supt. Fred. Seymour 



^ 


■it^ " 





an . 







-^ 


XI feci 


^ Ifi 


>> 


a 


^ <«s 


^ B 








cS 

^'2 


°^o'6 


i^ 


-Sg-o 


^' 


|lsi 


a a 




^s 


a ci u a 


=« 


D M 


Z; 


^ 


H 


;2i 


11 


11 


22 


3 


3 


7 


10 


1 


6 


2 


8 




7 


2 


9 


1 


13 


6 


19 


1 


3 


9 


12 


2 


2 


6 


8 




15 


7 


22 


1 


13 


19 


32 


6 


1 


10 


11 


1 


s 


9 


17 




7 


2 


9 




2 


5 


7 


1 


1 


11 


12 


4 


8 


8 


16 


1 


10 


8 


IS 


3 


1 13 


5 


IS 


2 


123 


127 


250 


27 



LIST OF SUCCESSFUL COMPETITORS FOR STATE CERTIFICATES, 

■JS90. 
Following is a list of persons to whom State certiticates were issued during 
i8qo: 



NAME. 


Post-ofl3ce address. 


County. 




Green port 


Suffolk. 


Baker' Ella'li; 


Fort Ann 


Washington. 




Canandai^ua 


Ontario. 




Niagara Falls 


Niagara. 
Jefferson. 




Adams 




Stapleton 

Sandy Hill 


Richmond. 




Washington. 


De Witt Carrie \ . . 


Port Jervis 


Orange. 




Dolgeville 


Herkimer. 




Lyons 


Wayne. 


Hewitt Ellen A 


Piattsburgh 


Clinton. 




Horseheads 


Chemung. 




Portville 


Cattaraugiig. 




Rome 


Oneida. 


KennedV Willian?T 


Burtonsville 


Montgomery. 
JIadisou. 




Earlville 




Greenwich 


Washington. 




Franklin. 




North Bridgewater 


Oneida, 


Robins, Louis F 

Rvan W H 


East Albanv 


Rensselaer. 


Newark Valley 


Tioga. 
Oswego. 




Sandy Creek 


Selleck Belle 


South Glens Falls 


Saratoga. 




Saratoga 


Saratoga. 




Tottenville 


Richmond. 


Tice Burt Jav 


Lawrence Station 


Queens. 




East Norwich 


Queens. 









REGULATIONS 

GOVERNING STATE EXAMINATIONS FOR LIFE CERTIFICATES. 



[Extracts from Department Circular of 1891.] 



Chapter 567 of the Laws of 1875, which provides that State certificates may 
be granted by the State Superintendent of Public Instruction "onl}'^ upon 
examination," ?.uthorizes the State Superintendent to "appoint times and 
places for holding such examinations at least once in each year." 

At the conclusion of the examinations, all papers submitted will be forwarded 
to this Department. These papers will be carefully examined by the institute 
Conductors, and such of the candidates as shall have given satisfactory evidence 
of their learning, abilit}', experience and good character will receive certificates 
qualifying them for life to teach in any of the public schools of the State. 

In order to be admitted to the examinations, candidates must have had two 
years' successful experience in teaching, and must be present at the beginning 
of the examination. 

Subjects for Examination. 

Group I. — Algebra, arithmetic, American history, geography, grammar and 
analysis, orthography, penmanship, physiology and hygiene. 

Group II. — Astronomy, book-keeping, botan3% chemistr5% civil government 
and school law, composition and rhetoric, drawing, general history, general 
literature, geology, methods and school economy, plane geometry, physics, 
zoology. 

Note. — Latin through the first three books of Caesar's Commentaries, or the 
ability to read at sight French or German, written in a plain style, will be 
accepted in place of zoology or astronorny. 

A standing of at least seventy-five per cent is required in each of the subjects 
of Group I, and an average standing of at least seventy-five per cent in the 
subjects of Group II ; but no paper whose standing shows less than fifty per 
cent will be considered in this average. 

All candidates who attain the required percentage in five or more of the 
designated subjects, in addition to orthography and penmanship, but not in all, 
will be credited at this Department for those studies in which they shall have 
passed, and a partial certificate to this effect will be mailed to each candidate. 
On passing the req_uired percentage in the remaining designated subjects at any 



State of Ne\y York 
ex am ik a tions for life certifica tes. 

REGULATIONS. 

subsequent examinations held not later than the second year thereafter, thej^ 
will be entitled to receive State certificates. This gives to candidates opportu- 
nity for three distinct yearl}' trials. 

In the uniform examinations, school commissioners will recognize "partial 
certificates," issued not more than five years previousl)-, in all subjects in which 
candidates have attained seventy-five per cent. 

The examinations will be open to candidates residing in any part of the State, 
and to such residents of other States as shall declare it to be their intention to 
teach in this State. 

Attention is directed to the following extract from section 15 of title i of the 
Consolidated School Act of 1864, as amended by section 5, chapter 567 of the 
Laws of 1875, relating to the powers of the State Superintendent of Public 
Instruction, touching this subject: "He may grant under his hand and seal of 
office a certificate of qualification to teach, and may revoke the same. While 
unrevoked, such certificate shall be conclusive evidence that the person to 
whom it was granted is qualified by moral character, learning and ability to 
teach any common school in the State. Such certificate may be granted by 
him only upon examination." There can be no evasion of this law, and no 
certificate will be granted in any case except in conformity with its provisions. 
It is the intention of this Department to make these examinations a thorough 
test of merit. No " catch questions " will be introduced, but the examinations 
will be sufficiently rigid to prove the ability of the applicant, to the end that a 
State certificate when granted to a successful candidate, shall be the most 
signal honor that is bestowed upon the progressive teachers of the Common- 
wealth. 

Special Ixformation to Candidates. 
Candidates should aim to acquire not merely certain facts, but* the well- 
digested knowledge and analytic power that will fit them to guide, criticise and 
instruct their pupils successfully. 

When explanations are required, they should be given with the same clear- 
ness, system and thoroughness that a competent teacher would use in 
instructing a class. All work should be of the best quality. The papers will 
be criticised as the work of teachers — not as that of mere pupils. In accord- 
ance with these suggestions, twenty-five per cent of the credits of the paper 
on composition and rhetoric will depend upon the general excellence of all 
papers submitted, with reference to neatness, order, punctuation, capitalization, 
etc. 

The scope of the examination will correspond to the subject-matter of the 
ordinarj- text-books. The following special suggestions are given to emphasize 
certain pomts, and to indicate the work required. 

Candidates should examine each question with great care and fully answer 
it, but should turife no more than is necessary. Ouantitj^ will not be allowed as 
a substitute for quality. 

4 



State of New York. 
department of public instruction. 

REGULATIONS. 

In arithmetic the candidate should be famihar with the analysis of problems 
and deduction of rules, particularly in the elementary operations, common and 
decimal fractions, percentage and its applications, ratio and proportion, and 
mensuration, and should give strict attention to arithmetical theory as well as 
practice. The composition of problems to illustrate rules or principles ma}' be 
required. 

In algebra pay special attention to the laws of signs and of exponents, the 
transformations of equations, factoring, the derivation of rules in the various 
operations, quadratic equations, radical quantities, proportion, square and cube 
roots, and the expansion of binomials, with or without numeral or literal, 
positive or negative co-efiicients and exponents, by the binomial theorem. 

In geometr)^ note especiallj^ — (a) general pi^opositions, i. ^., those relating 
to any polygon ; [b) the actual and accurate construction of problems with 
dividers and ruler; {c) the solution of arithmetical and algebraic problems 
involving geometrical principles, particularly in relation to the right-angled 
triangle, squares, rectangles, circles, areas of similar figures compared, and. 
proportional lines. 

In grammar and analysis, note the proper use of capital letters, abbrevia- 
tions, and marks of punctuation, the definition of terms, parts of speech and 
their modifications, inflections, rules of syntax, the analysis of sentences, in- 
cluding principal and subordinate clauses and the modifiers of the different 
parts composing the same, and constructive work illustrating any of the foi^e- 
going. 

In drawing, attention should be given to the study as considered from an 
educational point of view, together with its application to the practical uses of 
life. In the mechanical department, accuracy and correct methods should be 
studied; while in free-hand work from the object, relative proportion of parts 
should be most carefully looked after. Note well that geometric form is the 
basis of all industrial drawing. In design give special attention to the princi- 
ples of ornamentation. Sketching from farqiliar and convenient objects will 
form a portion of the examination in this subject. 

In geography and American historj-, include all important events or discov- 
eries up to the present time, giving special attention to the Empire State, but 
not to dates, events, or localities of trifling importance. 

In the study of general history, the teacher should pay especial attention to 
the great events of history. In the examinations of 1891, one-half of the ques- 
tions will bear upon the entire field of history, and the other one-half will have 
reference to the feudal system. 

The examination in general literature, for the year 1891, will be limited to 
Shakspeare's " Merchant of Venice," Dickens' " Pickwick Papers," Hawthorne's 
"Scarlet Letter," Cooper's "The Pioneers," and Longfellow's "Evangeline," 
together with the literary and personal character of their respective authors. 

In the natural sciences, book keeping, composition and rhetoric, civil 

5 



State of New York. 

examinations for life certificates. 

regulations. 

government and school law, the ordinary text-books will furnish all needed 
inforniation. Note carefully general principles found there. 

In the examinations for 1891, there will be five questions upon the philoso- 
phy ot education :inc\five upon practical school-room topics. 

Candidates are required to fill out a copy of the following statement before 
entering upon an examination: 

StateDient of Candidate. 

Candidates who have received partial certificates for previous examinations 
(within two years), will submit them with this statement, to be transmitted to 
the State Superintendent. They will be returned with the new partial certifi- 
cate, or with the State certificate if issued. 

Examination held at August 24 to 28, 1891. 

Full name 

P. O. Address Age years. 

Residence , 

Successful experience in teaching years. 

*Gi\-e three references as to experience, with names and post-office addresses. 

Is this your first examin ition for a State certificate ? 

If not, when and where have you been present at previous examinations ? 

* Give three references as to moral character, with names and post-office ad- 
dresses. 

If you are not a resident of New York State, do you intend to follow teaching 

in this State ? . 

I hereb}' certif . that the foregoing statement is correct in every particular. 

Signature of candidate 

Copies of the ab jve statement will be supplied at the examinations. 

General Regulations. 

1. The printed questioi^s will be sent to the examiners in sealed envelopes, 
and these will be first opened in the presence of the class at the time indicated 
in the accompanying program for the examination in each subject. 

2. For evidence as to good character and successful experience, reference 
may be made to school commissioners, city superintendents, principals of 
academies and high schools. 

3. All applicants presenting themselves for the first time must be present 
Monday afternoon, August 24, and must register their names and give such 
other information as the examiners may requii^e, before they take a question 
paper. Candidates who have passed in a part of the subjects at a previous ex- 
amination, need be present on the half-days only on which examinations occur 
in those subjects which they intend to take at this examination ; but they must 

* Candidates enterina; the examinations for the first time may submit letters in reference to experience 
and moral character, attaching the same to this statement. 



State of New York. 

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC 1N8TRV OTIOW. 

REGULATIONS. 

be present at the beginning of such half-day session, and should bring with them 
all partial certificates obtained at previous examinations. 

4. The examination in each subject is restricted to the half-day designated in 
the accompanying program. 

5. Penmanship and orthography will be judged from all the papers sub- 
mitted. 

6. In the solution of all problems, every process should be indicated. The 
simple answer, without the process by which it was obtained, will not be 
accepted. 

7. Candidates will be informed by mail, as early as practicable, of the results 
of the examination. 

8. Candidates will not be permitted to take to the examination-room books 
or papers of any description. 

9. Collusion or communication between candidates during the examinations, 
or willful misrepresentation in statements furnished, will wholly vitiate their 
examination. 

All statements and answers must be written with ink. 

Legal cap paper, pens, pencils and memorandum pads will be supplied by the 
Department. 

Candidates are requested to make themselves thoroughly familiar with the 
above regulations. 

Program of Examinations, 1891. 

Monday, Atcgiist 24. 
2 to 5 P. M. — Registering, grammar, civil government and school law. 

Tuesday, August 25. 
9 A. M. to 12 M. — Arithmetic, American history. 
2 to 5 P. M. — Composition and rhetoric, geology, chemistry. 

IVednesdhy, August 26. 
9 A. M. to 12 M. — Algebra, general literature. 
2 to 5 P. M. — Geography, methods and school economy. 

Thursday, August 27. 
9 A. M. to 12 M. — Geometry, physics. 
2 to 5 P. M. — Drawing, botan}^ 

Friday. August 28. 
9. A. M. to 12 M. — Physiology and hygiene, book keeping. 
2 to 5 P. M. — General histor}^ zoology, astronomy, Latin, French or German, 
as a substitute for zoology or astronomy. 






State Superintendent. 



State of New York. 
depabtment of public instruction. 
STATE EXAMINATION QUESTIONS 



Examination for State Certificates, 

AUG-UST 25-29, 1890. 

Svery corieet answer will receive ten credits, and a proportionate number as tbe aaswer apprssinates correctness. 



ALGEBRA. 



1. Define (a) root; (b) proportion; (c) geometrical progression; (d) 

simultaneous equiition ; (e) evolution. 

2. What are the prime factors of ax^ — a? 

,3. Extract the cube root of 6a'— 8 + 3a^— da^+ 12« — 11«'+ a\ 

4. Develop the formula for obtaining the sum of a series when the first 

term, the number of terms, and the common difference, are given. 

5. Prove that, if four quantities are in proportion, they are also in pro- 

portion (a) by inversion ; (b) by composition. 

6. Upon what axiom is based the rule (a) for clearing an equation of frac- 

tions; (b) for the change of the sign of a quantity transposed from 
one member of an equation to the other. 
?. Expand (-^ar+'^a;'^)^ by the binomial theorem. 

\J ^x + 1 + "Z \/ X 

s. Solve — ^ ZT = 9. 

v/4.T + l — 2v/a; 
9. Find the value of x in the equation ax''+ bx +c =^ 0. 
10. What are the steps necessary to prove that the product of the means is 
equal to the product of the extremes, in the proportion a\l)\:c:df 



AMERICAN HISTORY. 

1. Mention two Englishmen, two Frenchmen, and two Spaniards who 

were prominent in the settlement of America. 

2. State when, why, and how negro slavery was introduced into the 

American Colonies ; and state when and how it was abolished. 

3. Show how New York came to be first under Dutch rule, and afterwards 

under English rule. 

4. Mention one inter-colonial war, and give the remote and immediate 

causes of such war. 

5. Give a brief account of the battle between the Bon Homme Eichard and 

the Serapis. 

6. State the main cause, two of the most prominent incidents, and the 

most important result of the war of 1812. 

7. What causes led to the secession of the Southern States ? 

8. Name and locate a battle of the Civil War in which each of the follow- 

ing generals respectively commanded the Union forces : McClellan ; 
Sherman ; Meade ; Hooker ; Grant. 

9. Name, in order, the Presidents of the United States, inaugurated since 

1852, giving the term of ofifice of each. 
10. State facts about each of the following: Charles Sumner; Stephen 
A. Douglas ; Wendell Phillips ; Ruf us Choate ; Henry Ward Beecher. 

8 



State of Ni:w Y(ji<k. 

DEPA li TMEN T OF PUBLIC INS TRU iJ TI ON. 
STATE EXAMNATION QUESTIONS. 

ARITHMETIC. 

1. Reduce (a) 28bu. 3pk. 5qt. to bushels; (b) f mi. to rods, yards, feet, 

and inches. 

2. Find the least common multiple of 63, 35.28, and 19U-| , 

3. A factory valued at 822,500 is insured in three companies for 84,500, 

84,000, and 63,500, respectively. If 35 per cent, of the property be 
destroyed by fire, what will be the loss of each of the three companies ? 

4. A piece of land 26ch. 401. by 18ch. 91., was purchased for 82,300, 

and was sold for 847.50 per acre. Required, the gain or loss by the 
transaction. 

5. Make and solve a problem illustrating the use of bank discount. 

6. A gold wacch case 14 carats fine, weighing 36 pennyweights, is alloyed 

with silver and copper in the proportion of two parts of silver to 
one of copper. Find the weight of each kind of metal in the case. 

7. The interest is equal to B-^^ per cent, of the principal, and the time 

is 1 yr. 5 mo. 21 da. Find the rate per annum. 

8. The list price of a certain piano is 81,200, and commercial or trade dis- 

counts of 50 pei cent., 33^ per cent., and 25 per cent, are allowed to 
dealers. If a dealer sell one of these pianos for 8500, what is 
his profit? 

9. The diagonal of the floor of a square room is 22ft. 7.53in. Find the 

length of one side of the room. 
10. The net proceeds of a sale of 116 shares of railroad stock, brokerage 
\ per cent., were 88,48^.50. Required, the rate at which the stock 
was sold. 



ASTRONOMY. 

1. What mathematical figure do the planets describe in going around the 

sun ? At what point in that figure is the sun located ? 

2. Describe the milky way, (rt) as it appears to the unaided eye; {h) as it 

appears with the telescope. 

3. What is the plane of the ecliptic ? 

4. Make a diagram showing the relative positions of the earth's axis, the 

tropics, and the sun, at the time of the summer solstice. 

5. In how many days (omit fractions) does the moon move around the 

earth ? 

6. Name two planets whose orbits are smaller than that of the earth, and 

two whose orbits are larger than the earth's. 

7. What is the altitude of the pole star, as viewed from the Arctic circle ? 

8. Explain why we have transits of Venus and not of Mars. 

9. Why, according to our calendar, is the year 1900 not to be a leap year ? 
10. Mention some fact made known to us by the spectroscope and in no 

other way. 



State of New York. 
depabtment of publl c ins t ruc tion, 

STATE EXAMINATION QUESTIONS. 

BOOK KEEPING. 

1-2. Distinguish between real and personal accounts, and give an example 

of each. State some transaction in which both are involved. 
3. What is the distinguishing feature in form between a negotiable and a 
non-negotiable note ? 
4-5. Explain the method of closing the following accounts: 

(a) Merchandise (with stock on hand). 

[b) Expense, (c) Bills Payable. 

Memoranda. — Henry Cole and Newton Wilson enter into a co-partnership 
on the first day of July, 1890, under ihe.firm name of Cole & Wilson. 
Mr. Cole transferred to the firm the assets and liabilities of an estab- 
lished business, as follows : 

Assets, — Mdse, per inventory, $13,806.75 

Note against Geo. Peabody, 163.16 

Acct. " Willis Sayre, 81.40 

Note " Eichard Ellis, 207.35 

Acct. " Emmet Jones, 273.18 

" Philip Best, 106.19 

Furnit. and fixtures, per invent., 311.50 

Liabilities — assumed by firm, — 

Note, favor of Alexander Hope, $500.00 

Acct., " ''• Elbert, Crane & Co., 913.80 

" " Barrett Bro's, 436.90 

Mr. Wilson put into the business: 

(«) Note against Howard Spencer, $1,500.00 

{h) Cash, - - - 4,800.00 

{c) Real estate (per inventory), 6,800.00 

G-7. Open a Day Book for the firm setting torth the foregoing Memoranda 

in Day Book form. 
8-9. Journalize the several Day Book entries. 
10. Post the several accounts. 



BOTANY. 

1. Of the name, Trifolhim Repens, which word is the name of the genus, 

and which the name of the species ? Define the terms species and 
genus as used in Botany. 

2. What is an axillary bud ? What does it become when developed ? 

3. Designate the period of life, as annual, biennial or perennial, of the 

following plants : hop, bean, corn, beet, potato. 

4. What is the calix of a flower ? What are its parts called ? 

5. Explain these terms : a monoecious plant; a staminate flower; a sterile 

flower. 

6. Explain the utility (to the plant) of the following parts: the fleshy 

part of the turnip; the pappus of the dandelion ; the starch of the 
kernel of corn ; the scales on the outside of buds. 

10 



State of New York. 

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTUV CTION. 
STATE EXAMINATION QUESTIONS. 

BOTANY — (Continued). 

7. If yon watcli the germination of a seed, what part of the embryo plant 

will you see developed first? What part second? What part last? 

8. What is a tap-root ? Give examples of a fusiform and of a napiform 

tap-root. 

9. Name two important offices of leaves. 

10. What are cells in plant structure? How do the cells of wood fibre 
differ from those of liber or inner bark ? 

CHEMISTRY. 

1. What is the chemical name of (a) iron pyrites ; (b) galena ; (c) cinna- 

bar ; (d) gypsum ; (c) marble ? 

2. Describe a simple method of preparing oxygen. 

3. Which elements constitute the chlorine group ? State two prominent 

characteristics of the group. 

4. What do you understand by a chemical reaction ? (Answer by a 

description or an illustration.) 

5. What two chemical changes take place when apple juice is exposed to 

the air, for several weeks, in a warm place ? 

6. Of what two essential elements is illuminating gas composed? How 

can their presence be shown ? 

7. Give an illustration of (a) spontaneous combustion ; (b) combustion 

without oxygen. 

8. Name three elements which may exist in allotropic states. 

9. Briefly describe the elements composing common salt. 

10. Give the meaning of the terminations (a) /c ; (b) ous; (c) ide', (d) *Ye; 
(e) atCy as used in chemical nomenclature. 

CIVIL GOVERNMENT AND SCHOOL LAW. 

1. What is the basis of representation in a Board of Supervisors? 

2. What is meant by the enacting clause in a bill before our State 

Legislature? 
6. Mention two respects in which the government of the United States 
and that of Great Britain agree. 

4. The Constitution forbids the passage of any "bill of attainder" or 

"ex post facto" law. Explain the above terms, and state why they 
are prohibited. 

5. In what respects did the election of Thomas Jefferson and John Quincy 

Adams differ from the election of the other Presidents? Why? 

6. Name the qualifications required for voting at school meetings. 

7. Upon what general principle is a supervisor ineligible to the office of 

school trustee ? 

8. Mention five different powers of an annual school meeting. 

9. Mention three causes for which a trustee may legally discharge a teacher. 
10. Name five powers of a School Commissioner. 

11 



State of New York. 

department of public ins t it ug t ion, 

state examination questions. 

COMPOSITION AND RHETORIC. 

(1) Eoll on, thou deep and dark blue Ocean — roll ! 

(3) Ten thousand fleets sweep over thee in vain ; 
f3) Man marks the earth Avith ruin, — his control 

(4) Stops with the shore; upon the watery plain 

(5) The wrecks are all thy deed, nor doth remain 

(6) A shadow of man's ravage, save his own, 

(7) When for a moment, like a drop of rain, 

(8) He sinks into thy depths with bubbling groan, 

(9) Without a grave, unknelled, uncoffined, and unknown. 

Byron, 
Note. — The first eight questions refer to the above selection, 
1. Scan by marking off the feet, and state what kind of verse. 
3. Select the rhetorical figures, and name each. 

3. Justify the use of the comma (a) after on in the first line ; (b) after 

U7icoffined in the ninth line. 

4. Justify the use of the capital letter in the word ocean, first line. 

5. What is the predominant quality of style? Give reasons for your 

answer. 
6-8. Re-write the selection in prose, expressing substantially the same 

thought. Adapt both arrangement and diction to prose composition, 
y. Paraphrase the proverb, " One swallow does not make a summer." 
10. Recast the following sentences, and state what rule of rhetoric is 

violated in each : 

(a) They are brittle wits, the edge whereof is soon turned. 

(b) To weep for grief is human ; to weep for anger is womanish ; 

to weep for compassion is divine ; to weep for fear is childish. 

(c) Avarice is a crime which wise men are often guilty of. 



DRAWING. 

1. From what three sources is material for standard decorative design 

mainly obtained ? 

2. How many axes of symmetry has a circle? An oval? An ellipse? 

Illustrate the last two. 

3. Represent a cube, 2 inches edge, above the eye, with two upright faces 

equally in view, i. e. the cube is placed at an angle of 45°. 

4. Draw top and front views, showing facts of form and position of the 

same cube, at the same angle. 

5. Represent corresponding upper and lower corners of this room joined 

by a vertical edge. Use at least five lines to show the necessary 
principles in perspective. 

6. Represent the following group in front and below the eye : a square 

plinth 1 inch high, and base 3 inches edge, with front and top face 
visible. In the centre of the top face stands a cylinder 4 inches 
high and 2 inches base. 

7. Draw anv natural leaf. Conventionalize it, and use the con- 

ventionalized form as a unit in an original design for a border. (Two 
repetitious will be accepted.) 

12 



State of New York. 

department of public in s t r u c t i on. 

state examination questions. 

DRAWING — (Continued). 

8. Develop the surface, or draw the pattern of the surface, of an 

equilateral triangular prism 2 inches high and base 1 iuch edge. 

9. Define the terms (a) centre of vision; (b) bi-symmetrical. Illustrate 

the last with a drawing. 
10. A pitcher and a glass will be placed upon the table in front of the class. 
Each candidate will then make a sketch of the pitcher and glass as 
they appear to him, stating their relative position to himself. 

FRENCH. 

Translate : / 

LE MARECHAL DE SAXE. 

1-3. Le marechal de Saxe, voulant un jour donner a quelques amis une preuve de sa force, 
entra chez un forgeron sous pretexts de fairs ferrer son cheval. On lui presenta un 
fer qu'il rompit aussitot entre ses mains. Apres avoir repete cette manoeuvre cinq 
ou six fois, il feignit de trouver enfin un bon fer qui fut mis au pied du cheval. 
L'operation faite, 11 jeta un ecu sur I'enclume. "Pardon, monsieur," lui dit le for- 
geron, "de bon fer merite de bon argent. J'espere, qu'avant de partir, vous me 
donnerez une meilleure piece que celled." En prononqant ces mots, il cassa I'ecu en 
deux. II en fit autant de quatre ou cinq autres qu'on lui donna. Le prince I'observait 
en silence. " Parbleu," dit-il enfin en riant, " je vols que je n'ai que de mauvais ecus. 
Mais voici un louis qui, je I'espere, sera bon." — Le marechal, en se retirant, dut 
convenir qu'il avait trouve son maitre. (Revaclier.) 

Translate : 

Loi 

RELATIVE A L'OBLIGATION DE L'ENSEIGNEMENT PRIMAIRE. 

3-4. L'instruction primaire est obligatoire pour les enfants des deux sexes ages de six ans 
revolus a treize ans revolus ; elle pent etre donnee soit dans les etablissements 
d'instruction primaire ou secondaire, soit dans les ecoles publiques ou libres, soit dans 
les families, par le p^re de famille lui-meme ou par toute personne qu'il aura choisie. 
Un reglement determinera les moyens d'assurer ('instruction primaire aux enfants 
sourds-muets et aux aveugles. (Nouveau, Code de V Instruction Primaire — Piohard.) 

Translate : 

LE RETOUR DANS LA PATRIE. 

5-6. Qu'il va lentement le navire, 
A qui j'ai confie mon sort ! 
Au rivage ou mon coeur aspire, 
Qn'il est lent a trouver un port I 

Prance adoree I 

Douce contree ! 
Mes yeux cent fois ont cru te decouvrir, 

Qu'un vent rapide 

Soudain nous guide 
Aux bords sacres ou je reviens mourir. 
Mais enfin le matelot crie ; 
Terre, terre, la-bas, voyez ! 
Ah ! tons mes maux sont oublies. 

Saint a ma patrie ! (Bir anger.) 

7. Explain use of qui in the second line of the last extract. What would be the proper form? 

8. Give the rules for the past participles of verbs conjugated -with, etre, and avoir 

9. Conjugate the present tense of the indicative mode of vouloir; the future tense of faire • 

the present subjunctive of feindre. 
10. Translate into French : 

(a) Do you know how much your son earns a day ? 

(b) How do you like that book ? 

(c) Have the goodness to sit down. « 

(d) It is my sister's turn to read this morning. 

(e) The clock has struck two. 

13 



State of New York. 

depabtment of publi c ins t ru c t i on. 

state examination questions. 

GENERAL HISTORY. 

1. Give a brief account of the Roman conquest of Jerusalem. 

2. What was the Augustan Age ? What characterized it ? 

3. State facts as to Charlemagne and the Franks. 

4. Name five great battles which may be called decisive battles in the 

world's history. 
6. Name a great historical work by each of the following : Gibbon, 
D'Aubigne, Hume, Macaulay, Grote. 

THE FRENCH REVOLUTION. 

6. Name the king and queen of France at this time. State facts as to the 

joersonal characteristics of each. 

7. Mention three things which are generally considered causes of this 

revolution. 

8. Give an account of the assassination of Marat. 

9. Who were the Girondists ? The Jacobins ? Name two prominent 

leaders of the latter party. 
10. What was the general effect upon the history of the world, brought 
about by this revolution ? 

GENERAL LITERATURE. 

I. THE LADY OF THE LAKE. Scott. 

1. Where is the scene of this poem laid? What is its subject? 

2. Mention five characters named in the poem, with some peculiarity of 

each. 

3. Give a brief account of the speeding of the fiery cross, as told in the 

third canto. 

4. Upon what three characteristics of this poem does the interest depend ? 

5. Mention three of Scott's personal characteristics. 

XL LIFE AND VOYAGES OF COLUMBUS. Irving. 

6. Give some of the incidents of the first voyage of Columbus as related 

hereu 

7. Give a brief account of his reception by the Spanish Sovereigns on his 

return from this first voyage. 

8. Mention some traits of his personal character, and illustrate by incidents 

connected with these voyages. 

9. How had Irving specially prepared himself for writing this work ? 

10. Mention three characteristics of Irviug's style as shown in this work. 

GEOLOGY. 

1. What is conglomerate ? grit ? shale ? 

2. What relation does the deposit of sediment bear to stratification? 

3. Mention two varieties of rock of which the chief constituents are re- 

mains of former animal life. One, of former vegetable life. 

14 



State of New York. 

department of public instruction, 
state examination questions. 

GEOLOGY — (Continued). 

4. What was the original jiosition of stratified rocks? Mention three geo- 

logical forces that have been instrumental in changing this position. 

5. What are geysers ? Give some generally accepted theory to account for 

their action. 

6. Account for the different kinds of natural markings on rocks. 

7. What effect has the rotation of the earth on river erosion ? 

8. The outcrop of a stratum is conglomerate, but upon uncovering the 

stratum, it is found to graduate to coarse sandstone and then to a 
fine sandstone. Give reason for this change of structure. 

9. Give the common name for quartz (a) in the form of violet crystals ; 

(b) translucent, with bands or clouds; (c) of a dark dull color, edges 
translucent; (d) in loose grains. 

10. What will be the resulting color from burning rock that is black because 
of the presence of (a) carbonaceous substances? (b) an oxide of iron ? 

(c) an oxide of manganese ? 

GEOGRAPHY. 

1. Name and locate seven inland lakes of New York. 
3. State how the water of each reaches the ocean. 

3. Name and locate five capes of North America. 

4. Name three great rivers of the United States, west of a meridian pass- 

ing through the center of the Mississippi Valley. Into what does 
each flow ? 

5. Name a state of the Union in which each of the following is found in 

large quantities: lead, copper, marble, gold, silver. 
6 Bound Ecuador, and give its capital. 

7. Where are the lakes of Killarney? The Shetland Islands? The 

Cheviot Hills? 

8. Locate each of the following, and state for what it is famous : Naples, 

Florence, Genoa, Malaga, Palos. 

9. Name and locate the largest city of China, of Japan, of Hindostan. 

10. The latitude of France corresponds nearly to that of Michigan. 
Account for the great difference in the climate of the two sections. 



GEOMETRY. 

1-2. Define, and illustrate by a figure or figures, (a) secant; (b) exterior 
angle; (c) alternate angles ; (d) sector; (e) similar polygons. 

3. Prove that the sum of the angles of any triangle equals two right 

angles. 

4. Through a given point construct a line parallel to a given straight line. 

5. Prove that if from any point within a parallelogram straight lines be 

drawn to the extremities of each of two opposite sides, the sum of the 
two opposite triangles thus formed is equivalent to one-half the 
parallelogram. 

6. Construct a square equivalent to the difference of two given squares. 

7. Prove that lines bisecting the angles at the base of au equilateral 

15 



State of New York. 
department of public i ns tbv g t j on". 

STATE EXAMINATION QUESTIONS. 

GEOMETRY — (Continued). 

triangle meet m a point (1) in a line drawn from the vertex, per- 
pendicular to the base, and (2) one-third of the distance from the 
base to the vertex. 

8. The three sides of a triangle are respectively 2 inches, 3 inches, and 4 

inches. Construct a similar triangle whose area shall be two and one- 
fourth times that of the given triangle. 

9. Prove that if two chords intersect each other in a circle, their seg- 

ments are reciprocally proportional. 
10. Find the diameter of a circle the side of whose inscribed square is 4 feefc. 



GERMAN. , 

Note.— Do not use German Script. 
Translate : 

^•ricbttd) bet ®to^e uitb fciit ^bcltnaht* 

1-2. 211S einft ^ricb'^i'S f'^i Oroge am gcnfter feine§ ©tubitjimmerS ftanb, bemerfte er, bag eiit (Sbetfnabc Iftin* 
tei feinem Stflcfen mefiiere ajiale qu5 einet SabotSboje fdinupfte, bie auf bem ©djreibtif^e ftanb. 2)et 
^bnig tpat, alS |Qf)e ei e§ ntdjt unb Iie6 jeinen Dicner Tuf)ig getoflfjren. 9Jad)bem er fid) aber Com )^en= 
ftcr juriicfgejogen fjatte, fragte er ben (gbellnoben: „5'nf'eft ^u i'ie ®ok nad) beinem @efd)macfe V " 2)cr 
junge aJtann, ber fein fleineS SSerge^en entbectt fal), errbt^ete unb magte nicftt su antmorten. 2»er ^bnig 
tuieberbolte feine j^rage unb ber Sbelfnabe geftanb enblid), bag er bie 2)ofe Je^r Jdjon finbe. .Mxixi, Jo 
nimm fie," fagte griebric^, „fte ift ju tlein ftir unS beibe." '9t a d) 5? r a u g.) 

Translate : 

3-4. grfod)ten tear ber ©teg, aber nur eine ireife Senu^ung lonnte ifjn entfctieibenb ma^en. 3)ic !aifcrli4e 
3lrmee luar aufgerteben, "aadijen faf) feinen geinb me^r, unb ber |l(id)tige Stilt) fiatte fid) nac& 5BrQun= 
fd)tt)eig gejogen. 3^n biS ba^in ju cerfolgen, f)atte ben trieg in yiieberfQd)(en erneuert, meld)e§ con ben 
SDrangjalen be§ DorI)ergel)enben SriegS faum erftanben Wax. SS murbe alfo befd)loffen, ben Srieg in bie 
feinblicfien i'anbe }u rcalsen, roeldje, unoerteibigt unb offen bi§ nod) SBien, ben i»ieger einluben. 

(S c^ 1 1 1 e t.) 
Trauelate : 

mtiiit^ ©ruf , 

6-6 £)oc£) Quf bem alien JEurme ftc^t 
®eS §elben ebter @eift, 
SDer, ttiie i)a^ ©dliff oortibergc^t, 
es mot)[ ju fafiren t)eigt. 

„©iet), biefe <genne iDar fo ftarf, 
®ie§ §erj fo feft unb milb, 
®ie ffnodien doH Don SRittermorf, 
SDer i8ed)er ongefCnt; 

gjJetn fiatbeS ?eben flfirmt id) fort, 

SBerbe^nt, bie §QtTt, in 3iu£), 

Unb bu, bu g;2enfd)en=®d)ifflein bort, 

gat)r immer, immer jul " (® o e t ^ e.) 

7. ^dd the proper terminations to the unfinished words in the following exercise: 

©eftern h)ar id) bei b Serr 5?. su Siid) eingelaben. Muger feln gamilie unb mi hjoren nur ^err 

unb ^rauaj. nebft if)r Iod)ter anmefenb. iBei 2ifd)e fa6 id) if) gegentiber. ®ie fpra*en mir 

Diel Bon ibr 9Jeffe , urn b fte fet)r beforgt toaren. (5r mar nod) b Bereinigt ©taat gegans 

gen unb feit fed)§ SJionat fatten fte teine 3Jod)rtd)t me^r Don if) erf)a(ten. 

8 Give the principal parts of the following verbs : 

gefaUen, finben, fed)ten, fd)Ue6en, fiillen! 
9. Explain use of mode and tense in fdnbe at the close of the first extract. 
10. Translate into German: 

(a) What day of the month is it? 

(b) My knife is broken ; will you kindly lend me yours? 

(c) One can find nothing finer than this steel. 

(d) To whom do these paintings belong? 

(e) Why do you go out without your hat? 

16 



State of New York. 

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 
STATE EXAMINATION QUESTIONS. 

GRAMMAR. 

1. Fate summoned, in gray -bearded age, to act 

2. A history stranger than his writtei\ fact, 

3. Him who portrayed the splendor and the gloom 

4. Of that great hour when throne and altar fell. . . 

5. Paralyzed of will, 

6. Above his bier the hearts of men stood still, 

7. Then, as if set to his dead lips, the horn 

8 Of Roland wound once more to rouse and warn, 

9. The old voice filled the air ! His last brave word 

10. Not vainly France to all her boundaries stirred. 

11. Strong as in life, he still for Freedom wrought, 
13. As the dead Cid at red Toloso fought. — Thiers. 

The first five questions refei- to the above selection. 

Notes. — 1. A combination of subject and predicate is called a clause. Clauses are 
principal or subordinate. 

2. Subordinate clauses include (a) subject clauses ; (&) objective clauses ; (c) ad- 
jective clauses; (rf.) adverbial clauses. 

3. In naming a clause, include only its unmodified subject and unmodified predicate. 

4. A preposition with its object is called a phi-aso. 

5. In naming a phrase, give only the preposition and its vmrnodifled object. 

6. A modifier may be a word, phrase, or clause. 

7. An object of a transitive verb is classed as a modifier of that verb. 

8. Only eight parts of speech are recognized — the articles the and a forming a sub- 
division of adjectives, and participles being one of the forms of verbs. 

9. Infinitives are classed as modes of the verb. 

10. In parsing a noun or pronoun, observe the following order: class, person, number, 
gender, case. Give the reason for case. In parsing a relative pronoun, state the agreement 
with its antecedent. 

11. In giving the syntax of a noun or pronoun, give only the case and the reason for it. 
13. Treat verbs as divided into two classes only, viz., transitive and intransitive; 

transitive verbs may be used in the active, or the passive voice. 

13. In parsing a verb, observe the following order: principal parts, regular or irregu- 
lar, transitive or intransitive, voice, mode, tense, person, number, agreement; give the special 
use of an infinitive or a participle after tense. 



1. Name and classify five eabordinate clauses, supplying ellipses when necessary. (See notes 3 and 3.) 

2. Select ten phrases, classifying them as adjective or adverbial. (See notes 4 and 5.) 

3. Select five words (giving line in which each is found,) which connect clauses expressed or implied, 

and state to what part of speech each belongs. Which of them always perform the office of a 
connective between a subordinate clause and some part of a principal clause ? 

4. State the grammatical construction of paralyzed (line .5); to rouse (line 8); warn (line 8). 

5. Give the syntax of (a) histwy (line 2); (b) his (line 2); (c) fact (line 2); (d) him (line 3); (c) France 

(line 10). 

6. Write a sentence containing the word as so nsed that it may be considered a pronoun. 

7. Conjugate f^ome verb in the common form, passive voice, indicative mode, future tense, in two ways 

so as to show the proper uses of shall and will. 
8-9. By sentences illustrate the use of a clause in each of the following constructions : (a) subject of a 

finite'verb ; (b) object of a transitive verb ; (c) object of a preposition ; (d) appositive, i. e. like a 

noun in apposition ; (e) attribute, i. e. like a predicate noun. 
10. Illustrate by sentences the use of a verb taking two objects, (a) each denoting the same person or 

tiling * ; (b) each denoting a different person or thing. 



♦ Many supply an infinitive between the two objects, thus giving a different construction. 

LATIN. 
SELECTIONS FROM CAESAR'S COMMENTARIES. 

1. Ubi se diutius duci intellexit et diem instare, quo die frumentum militibus metiri 

2. oporteret, covocatis corum principibus, quorum magnam copiam in castris habebat, 

3. in his Divitiaco et Lisco, qui summo magistratui praeerat, * * * graviter eos accusat. 

4. Ob eam rem se ex civitate profugisse et Romam ad senatum venisse auxilium postu- 

5. latum, quod solus neque jurejuramlo neque obsidibus teneretur. * * * * 

6. Adjuvabat etiam eorum consilium qui rem deferebant, quod Nervii antiquitus, 

7. quum equitatu nihil possent, * * * * quo facilius fluitimorum equitatum, si prae- 

8. dandi causa ad eos venisset, impedirent, teneris arboribus incisis atque inflexis crebris 

17 



State of New York. 

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRU CTION. 
STATE EXAMINATION QUESTIONS 

LATIN — (Continued). ' 

9. in latitudinem ramis enatis et rubis sentibusque interjectis effecerant, ut instar muri 

10. hae sepes munimentum praeberent. * * * * jjis rebus quum iter agminis nostri 

11. ' impediretur, non omittenSum sibi consilium Nervii esistimaverunt. * * * * 

12. Qui ubi pro perfuga ad eos venit, timorera Romanorum proponit, quibus angustiis 

13. ipse Caesar a Venetis prematur, docet, neque longius abesse, quin proxima uocte Sabiuus 

14. clam ex castris exercitum educat et ad Caesarem auxilii ferendi causa proficiscatur. 
1-.3. Translate the above selections. 

4. Briefly relate the story of Caesar's campaign against the Helvetii, locating their territory 

on a modern map. . 

5. Locate in the conjugation of the verb, and state the special use of (a) postulatum (line 4) ; 

(b) praedandi (line 7); (c) inflexis (line 8); (d) omittendum (line 11); (e) ferendi (line 14). 

6. Give syntax of (a) principibus (line 2) ; (b) instar (line 9) ; (c) sibi (line 11) ; (d) consilium 

(line 11); (e) auxilii (line 14). 

7. Give the principal pa^ts of (a) redempta; (b) audeat; (c) destrictis; (d) confisae; (e) pro- 

ficiscatur. 

8. Name the prepositions which compounded with verbs take the dative. 

9. Write in Latin: "The war of the Helvetians being finished, ambassadors of almost all 
* Gaul came to Caesar, to congratulate him." 

10. Write in Latin; " There was a large plain, and in it a mound of earth sufficiently high." 



METHODS AND SCHOOL ECONOMY. 

1. In primary classes which is the more important to learn, the science or 

the art of arithmetic ? Why ? 

2. Distinguish between the terms development and drill as employed in 

teaching. 

3. Multiply 764 by 22, and state how you would explain to pupils the 

value of the partial products. 

4. What is the purpose of spelling by sound as contrasted with spelling by 

letter ? 

5. In what part of a room should be the opening for the removal of impure 

air? Why? 

6. What are the two chief results to be sought in map drawing ? Name 

them in order of importance. Give reasons. 

7. Mention two ways of teaching pupils how to study. 

8. State two characteristics of a good test question. 

9. From which direction with reference to the pupil (a) should light be 

admitted ; (b) should light not be admitted ? Why ? 
10. Name two subjects of common school study which are important in 
cultivating (a) the perceptive faculties ; (b) the reason. Why ? 



PHYSICS. 

1. By the operation of what fo^ce is it, that bodies have weight? 

2. What condition of the atmosphere is indicated by high barometer ? 

Why ? 

3. Suppose yon tightly stopper a bottle of air at the top of a mountain, 

carry it to the level of the sea, insert the mouth of the inverted 
bottle in water, and remove the stopper; what would happen? Ex- 
plain the cause of the phenomenon. 

18 



State of New Vork. 

department f p ub li g 1 n s t rjj g t i on. 

state examination questions. 

PHYSICS — (Continued). 

4. Describe the shape of a vessel of which, if it is filled with water, the 

pressure on the bottom will be greater than the weight of the water. 

5. What effect has the shortening of a pendulum on the running of a 

clock? Why? 

6. Why does the air of a room seem to become dryer as the temperature is 

raised ? 

7. Why is it that light can traverse a vacuum while sound cannot ? (Ex- 

plain in accordance with the generally accepted theories of sound and 
light). 

8. What is the diflFerence between a loud, and a high tone ? Illustrate by 

the manner of producing either with the teeth of a comb. 

9. How is the solar spectrum produced? What part of it is refracted 

most? 
10. What is the specific gravity of a body that when suspended in water 
weighs half as much as in air, 



PHYSIOLOGY AND HYGIENE. 

1. Where do the lacteals have their origin ? What is their use ? 

2. When a person has become emaciated by sickness or starvation, how 

has the fat been conveyed away ? 

3. What is osmose ? Give an illustration of osmose as it occurs in the 

human body. 

4. What effect has the contraction of the muscular fibres of the diaphragm 

on the size of the cavity of the chest ? 

5. What membrane lines the oesophagus ? The windpipe ? The cavity of 

the abdomen ? 

6. What is animal heat? Why is animal heat better maintained when we 

breathe pure air, than when we breathe foul air ? 

7. What are the respective functions of the two sets of spinal nerves? 

8. For what malformation of the eye are concave glasses a remedy ? What 

name is given to the imperfect vision caused by this defect of the eye ? 

9. Which way do the valves between the auricles and the ventricles of the 

heart allow the blood to flow? 
LO. Name three different organs, or parts of the body, which are composed 
largely of cartilage. 



ZOOLOGY. 

1. What is the distinguishing characteristic of the vertebrates ? Of the 

articulates ? 

2. Give one typical example of each of the following classes of vertebrates : 

Mammals; Eeptiles; Batrachians or Amphibians; Fishes. Name a 
class of vertebrates not mentioned in this question. 

19 



State of New York. 

department f publl c inst ru c ti on. 

state examination questions. 

ZOOLOGY— (Continued). 

3. How does the heart of a mammal differ from that of a reptile ? From 

that of a fish ? 

4. Describe, in the order of development, the three stages in the life of an 

insect. 

5. Describe, in the order of development, the two stages in the life of a frog. 

6. Describe the process of mastication as it takes place in a bird. 

7. Name an animal which yields each of the following articles of com- 

merce, respectively : ivory, pearls, musk, isinglass, ambergris, 
mohair, silk, wax, dye-stuff, caviare. 

8. Give the names of two animals that hibernate. Name two animals 

that are oviparous but do not incubate. 

9. How do the following organs show adaptation to the wants of the 

animals : The talons of a hawk ? The teeth of a tiger ? The neck of a 
giraffe ? The tongue of a cat ? The incisors of a squirrel ? 
10. How many kinds of honey bees are hatched in the same hive ? Give the 
name and sex of each. 

SO 



QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 



rrSBD BY THE , 



Deparlmenl of PnMic Inslrnction of tlie Slate of Hew Tori 



EXAMINATIONS FOR STATE SCHOLARSHIPS, 



CORNELL UNIVEESITT, 

June 7, 1890, and June 6, 1891, 
i/oith the law, and the latest regiUatione 



State of New York. 

department of ptjblig instruction. 

examinations for state scholarships in 

COKNELL UNIVERSITY. 

THE LAW. 

Following is the law, as amended by chapter 291 of the Laws of 1887: 
§ 9. The several departments of study in the said university shall be open to 
applicants for admission thereto at the lowest rates of expense consistent with 
its welfare and efficiency, and without distinction as to rank, class, previous 
occupation or locality. But, with a view to equalize its advantages to all parts 
of the State, the institution shall receive students to the number of one each 
year from each Assembly district in this State, to be selected as hereinafter 
provided, and shall give them instruction in any or in all the prescribed branches 
of study in any department of said institution, free of any tuition fee or of any 
incidental charges to be paid to said university, unless such incidental charges 
shall have been made to compensate for materials consumed by said students 
or for damages needlessly or purposely done by them to the property of said 
university. The said free instruction shall, moreover, be accorded to said 
students in consideration of their superior ability and as a reward for superior 
scholarship in the academies and public schools of this State. Said students 
shall be selected as the Legislature may from time to time direct, and until 
otherwise ordered, as follows : 

1. A competitive examination, under the direction of the Department of 
Public Instruction, shall be held at the county court-house in each county of 
the State, upon the first Saturday of June, in each year, by the city superin- 
tendents and the school commissioners of the county. 

2. None but pupils of at least sixteen years of age and of six months' stand- 
ing in the common schools or academies of the State, during the year immedi- 
ately preceding the examination shall be eligible. 

3. Such examination shall be upon such subjects as may be designated by the 
president of the university. Question papers prepared by the Department of 
Public Instruction shall be used, and the examination papers handed in by the 
different candidates shall be retained by the examiners and forwarded to the 
Department of Public Instruction. 

4. The examiners shall, within ten days after such examination, make and 
file in the Department of Public Instruction, a certificate in which they shall 
name all the candidates examined and specify the order of their excellence, and 
such candidates shall, in the order of their excellence, become entitled to the 
scholarships belonging to their respective counties. 

5. In case any candidate who may become entitled to a scholarship shall fail 
to claim the same or shall fail to pass the entrance examination at such univer- 
sity, or shall die, resign, absent himself without leave, be expelled or for any 
other reason shall abandon his right to or vacate such scholarship either before 
or after entering thereupon, then the candidate certified to be next entitled in 

22 



State of New York. 

DEPARTMENT F P UB L I C IN S T li U O T I ON. 

EXAMINATIONS FOR STATE SCHOLARSHIPS IN 

CORNELL UNIVEESITY. 

THE LAW — (Continued). 

the same county shall become entitled to the same. In case any scholarship 
belonging to any county shall not be claimed by any candidate resident in that 
county, the State Superintendent may fill the same by appointing thereto some 
candidate first entitled to a vacancy in some other county, after notice has been 
served on the superintendent or commissioners of schools of said county. In 
any such case the president of the university shall at once notify the Superin- 
tendent of Public Instruction, and that officer shall immediately notify the 
candidate next entitled to the vacant scholarship, of his right to the same. 

6. Any State student who shall make it appear to the satisfaction of the 
president of the university that he requires leave of absence for the purpose of 
earning funds with which to defray his living expenses while in attendance, 
ma5^ in the discretion of the president, be granted such leave of absence, and 
may be allowed a period not exceeding six years from the commencement 
thereof for the completion of his course at said university. 

7. In certifying the qualifications of the candidates, preference shall be given 
(where other qualifications are equal) to the children of those who have died 
in the military or naval service of the United States. 

8. Notices of the time and place of the examinations shall be given in all the 
schools, having pupils eligible thereto, prior to the first day of January in each 
year, and shall be published once a week for three weeks in at least two news- 
papers in each county immediately prior to the holding of such examinations. 
The cost of publishing such notices and the necessary expenses of such exami- 
nation shall be a charge upon each county respectively, and shall be audited 
and paid by the board of supervisors thereof. The State Superintendent of 
Public Instruction shall attend to the giving and publishing of the notices 
hereinbefore provided for. He may, in his discretion, direct that the examina- 
tion in any county may be held at some other time and place than that above 
specified, in which case it shall be held as directed by him. He shall keep full 
records in his Department of the reports of the different examiners, showing 
the age, post-office address and standing of each candidate, and shall notify 
candidates of their rights under this act. He shall determine any controversies 
which may arise under the provisions of this act. He is hereby charged with 
the general supervision and direction of all matters in connection with the 
filling of such scholarships. Students enjoying the privileges of free scholar- 
ship shall in common with the other students of said university be subject to 
all of the examinations, rules and requirements of the board of trustees or 
faculty of said university except as herein provided. 

23 



State of New York. 

department of public instruction. 

examinations for state scholarships in 

CORNELL UNIVERSITY. 

REGULATIONS. 

1. Candidates must be actual residents of this State. 

2. Candidates must be at least sixteen years of age. 

3. Candidates must show that they have attended a common school or 
academy of this State for at least six months during the year immediately pre- 
ceding the date of the examination. Teaching cannot be considered equivalent 
to attendance. Attendance at private schools, or in normal departments of 
normal schools does not comply with the provisions of the law. 

4. Candidates will not be permitted to enter the examination unless they 
are prepared to accept scholarships, if awarded. 

5. Candidates who have entered and failed in previous examinations are 
eligible to enter again, by complying with the conditions required. 

6. Candidates should in all cases attend the examinations in the counties in 
which they actually reside. The claims of candidates who attend examinations 
in counties in which they do not reside, cannot be considered until the claims 
of actual residents of such counties are determined. 

7. No person can receive a State scholarship who does not enter the 
examination. 

8. Any person appointed to a scholarship and afterward declining the same, 
forfeits it absolutely, and the vacancy is filled from the list of other eligible 
candidates. The candidate is eligible, however, to enter a succeeding examina- 
tion by meeting the conditions required. 

9. Candidates failing to receive scholarships, should hold themselves in 
readiness to appear at the university examinations in September. In case per- 
sons receiving scholarships fail to pass the entrance examinations, others who 
do pass may be appointed in their places. No direct assurance can be given 
that a scholarship can be awarded, as there may be no vacancies. 

10. State scholarships cannot be transferred. 

11. The entrance examinations at the university will occur on June I2th and 
September 23d, and will probably continue three days each. Successful candi- 
dates must appear at the opening of one or the other of these examinations. 
For obvious reasons it is desirable that candidates appear at the June examina- 
tion. In case they fail, those next entitled to their places could then try the 
September examination. 

34 



State of New York. 

department f pub li c inst ru c ti on. 

examinations for state scholarships in 

COENELL UNIVERSITY. 

INSTRUCTIONS. 

1. Every candidate must fill out the required statement before taking a ques- 
tion paper, and examiners will determine from the statement the eligibility of 
the candidate. It would be well to have all statements filled out before 9:00 
A. M., when the examination will begin. 

2. Whenever examiners are in doubt as to the eligibility of a candidate, they 
may permit an examination, noting upon the statement the reasons for the 
doubts entertained. The eligibility will then be determined by the Superin- 
tendent of Public Instruction. 

3. Upon calling the class to order, have each candidate fill out with ink, in 
his own handwriting, the blank certificate of name, residence, post-office 
address, etc. Collect the same and dismiss any candidate whose certificate 
does not indicate his eligibility to the scholarship under the provisions of the 
statute, and return these certificates with your report. 

4. Next, submit the question papers on American history, algebra, grammar 
and physiology. Continue the sitting upon the four subjects named without 
interruption from 9:00 to 12:30, unless candidates finish prior to that time. 
Close the sitting at 12:30, in any event, having notified the class at the opening 
that this will be done. 

5. Let the afternoon sitting for the examination in geography, arithmetic 
and plane geometry begin at 2 and end at 5 o'clock, unless candidates finish 
their work earlier. 

6. Direct that the candidates write their answers in ink upon legal cap paper, 
which, together with ink and pens, you will supply to applicants, forwarding 
your bill for the same, together with the bills for publishing the notices of 
•examination, to the board of supervisors of your county, which is required by 
law to audit and pay these necessary expenses. The answers should be num- 
Ibered to correspond with the questions answered. Keep the answers in each 
subject upon a sheet of paper by themselves. Direct each candidate to write 
his name at the upper left-hand corner of each sheet of paper upon whicii his 
answers are written. 

7. The law requires the examiners to make and file in this Department "a 
certificate in which they shall name all of the candidates examined, and specify 
the order of their excellence.'' It is suggested that each answer be marked 
upon a scale having a maximum of ten. Each absolutely correct answer would 
receive ten credits, and a correspondingly less number as it approximated cor- 
rectness; an absolutely erroneous answer should be marked with a zero. 
There are thirty-five questions in all. If all were correctly answered the 
candidate would receive 350 credits and a correspondingly less number as he 

25 



State of New York. 

department of public ins t liu c t i on, 

examinations for state scholarships in 

COKNELL UNIVERSITY. 

INSTRUCTIONS — (Continued). 

approached correctness. The aggregate number of credits received will deter- 
mine the relative standing of the candidates. 

8. In making the report, please do not fail to certify the names of all of the 
candidates, and to specify the order of their standing. 

9. As soon as may be, and certainly within ten days after the examination, 
you will forward the report signed by all city superintendents and commis- 
sioners. All of the examination papers of all of the candidates, together with 
applicants' statements, must be forwarded with the report of the examiners. 

10. The law now authorizes the State Superintendent to fill vacancies arising 
in an)' county, by appointing some candidate standing highest on the list in 
some other county, after the quota of scholarships belonging to that other 
county has been filled. In exercising this power the following system will be 
followed, of which it may be well to advise the class: The examination papers 
of the candidates standing highest upon the list in each county (after the 
appointments have been made from that county) will be classified and arranged 
in the order of merit, and appointments will be made from this list in the order 
in which the names stand. If this list should be exhausted, the same course 
will be pursued as to candidates coming next upon the list in each county. In 
this way all candidates will secure such rights as their merits entitle them to* 
the State Superintendent will be relieved from the disagreeable duty of dis- 
crimination, and the scholarships will be equitably distributed over the territory 
of the State. 

11. Having Regulation No. 11 in view, examiners are requested to file their 
reports with the least possible delay. This Department will notify candidates of 
the result of the examinations and of their rights in the premises. 

Very respectfully. 



•- ^ —r — -J-^ 

State Super ifitendent, 
26 



State of New York. 

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 
QUESTIONS USED IN EXAMINATIONS FOR STATE SCHOLARSHIPS AT 

CORNELL UNIVERSITY. 



June 7, 1890. 



GRAMMAR. 

You know, that, if you had a bent tube, one arm of which was of the size of a 
pipe-stem, and the other big enough to hold the ocean, water would stand at the 
same height in one as in the other. Controversy equalizes fools and wise men in 
the same way. — and the fools hnoic it. 

The Autocrat of the Breakfast-Table. 

Notes. — The first three questions refer to the above selection. 

In naming a clause, it is sufficient to include only its unmodified subject and unmodified predi- 
cate. 

1. Select five subordinate clauses, supplying ellipses. State what each subordinate 

clause modifies. 

2. Select all the verbs, and indicate the mode and tense of each. 

3. Select four words used to connect clauses, and state to what part of speech each 

belongs. 

4. Write three sentences each containing a pronoun in the objective case. Let the 

first be a personal; the second, a relative; and the third, an interrogative pro- 
noun. 

5. By sentences illustrate the use of five participles used differently, and state the 

grammatical relation of each. 

ALGEBRA. 

Give all the important steps of the reasoning and work. Write plainly, and arrange everything 
clearly, without crowding. 

1. Subtract — 5a from 7a, and explain the process. 

2. State the process of eliminating one of two unknown quantities by comparison. 

3. Find the two equal factors of ix^ — Aixy'^+y*. 

4. Given xi — 4a4=21, to find value of x. 

5. The sum of two numbers is 31, and the difference of their squares is 31. Find 

the numbers. 

PHYSIOLOGY. 

1. What is a center of ossification? 

2. What is the function of the red corpuscles? 

3. Describe the structure of the skin, naming its parts. 

4. Mention five causes that retard digestion. 

5. How does the function of a sensitive nerve-fibre differ from that of a motor fibre? 

37 



State of New York. 
department f p ub li c in 8 trv c t 1 iff. 

QUESTIONS USED IN EXAMINATIONS FOR STATE SCHOLARSHIPS IN 

COKNELL UNIVEKSITY. 
GEOGRAPHY. 

1. How many degrees of longitude must be traversed in crossing a hemisphere? 

How many degrees of latitude from the equator to one of the tropics? 

2. Name the largest city in each of the following States: California; Maryland; 

South Carolina ; Michigan ; Colorado. 

3. Account for the mild climate of western Oregon. 

4. Under what independent national government are the following cities respect- 

ively: Oporto; Liverpool; Barcelona; Lyons; Edinburgh? 

5. Name some country or locality famous for the production of tin; of diamonds; 

of quinine; of coffee; of rice. 

ARITHMETIC. 

In the solution of problems, every process must be indicated. Mere answers will not be ac- 
cepted . 

1. 12 A. 84 sq. rd. is what fractional part of 33 A. 64 sq. rd. ? (Answer required 

in lowest terms.) 

2. Find (a) the date of maturity, (b) the term of discount, (c) the bank discount, 

and {d) the proceeds of a 8-months' note for $400, made May 10, 1890, and dis- 
counted the same day at the FirsfNational Bank of Albany, N. Y. 

3. The sum of the ages of A and B is 54 yr. 9 mo. 11 da., and A is 9 yr. 10 mo. 21 

da. older than B. Required the age of each. 

4. A rectangular tank is 5 feet long, 2 feet wide, and 2 feet deep, inside measure- 

ments. How many gallons of water will it contain? 

5. What are the net proceeds of a sale of 38 shares of N. Y. C. & H. R. R. R, 

stock, at 121f, brokerage \ per cent? 

PLANE GEOMETRY. 

1. Distinguish (a) between the terms equal and equivalent as applied to geometrical 

magnitudes; (b) between the terms theorem and problem. 

2. Prove that an exterior angle of a triangle is equal to the sum of the two opposite 

interior angles. 

3. Construct a triangle the three sides of which shall be in the ratio of 4, 5, aud 7. 

4. Prove that when two chords intersect each other in a circle, the angle thus 

formed is measured by one-half the sum of the intercepted arcs. 

5. One of the equal sides of an isosceles triangle is a and the base is J. Find the 

area of the triangle. 

38 



State of New York. 

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC I N8 T liU C T I ON. 
ANSWERS USED IN EXAMINATIONS FOR STATE SCHOLARSHIPS IN 

CORNELL UNIVERSITY. 

GRAMMAR 

1. Subordinate clauses: 

You had modifies would stand; Arm was of size and other (wasbig) modify tube/ 
Water would stand modifies know ; As {it stands) modifies same. 

2. Indicative present, know, equalizes, know. 
Indicative past, was. 
Subjunctive past, had. 

Potential past, would stand. 
Infinitive present, to hold. 

3. That, as, and, conjunctions. Which, relative pronoun. 

4. Answers may differ, 

5. Answers may differ, 

ALGEBRA. 

1. 12a. Explanations may vary, 

2. Find the value of the same unknown quantity in each equation, and place the 

two values equal to each other. 

3. 2x — y\ 

4. a; = 343 or —27. 

5. 16 and 15. 

PHYSIOLOGY. 

1; A point about which bone substance gathers, 

2, To carry oxygen to the different parts of the body, and bring back to the lungs 

carbonic-acid gas, 

3, The skin consists of layers of cells. The outer layer is called the epidermis, and 

the deeper layer the dermis or cutis. 

4, Answers may differ. 

5, The sensitive nerve-fibre is stimulated at the outer extremity, e. g., in the skin 

or muscle, and communicates the impression inward to the spinal cord or 
brain. The motor-nerve acts in the opposite direction, from the nerve center 
outward to the muscle or skin. 

GEOGRAPHY. 

1. 180 degrees; about 23^ degrees. 

2. San Francisco ; Baltimore ; Charleston ; Detroit ; Denver, 

3. It is due to the influence of the oceanic current in the Pacific ocean. 

4. Portugal ; Great Britain ; Spain ; France ; Great Britain. 

5. Answers will differ, 

ARITHMETIC. 

1. |. 

2. (a) Aug. 13, 1890, (b) 3 mo. 3 da. (c) $6.20. (d) $393.80. 

3. A's age is 33 yr. 4 mo. 1 da. B's, 32 yr. 5 mo. 10 da. 

4. 149.6+ gal. 

5. $4,621.75. 

29 



State of New York. 




DEPARTMENT F PU B LI C IN S T RU C T I O N . 

ANSWERS USED IN" EXAMINATIONS FOR STATE SCHOLARSHIPS IN 

COETTELL UNIVERSITY. 

PLANE GEOMETRY. 

1. (a) Equal magnitudes coincide througliout in quantity, form, and dimensions; 
while equivalent magnitudes are equal in quantity, but do not coincide in 
form and dimensions, (h) A theorem is a truth to be demonstrated or proved, 
while a problem is a construction to be made or a question to be solved. 

2. Let A B C be any triangle. Produce 
the line A C to D, forming the exterior 
angle BCD. 

<BCD+<BCA = 3rt. Zs. (The 
angles formed by a straight line, B C, 
meeting anotlier straight line, A D.) 

<A-h<B+<BCA = 2 rt. Is. 
(Tlie three angles of a triangle.) 

.-. <BCD+<BCA=<A+< 
B+ <BCA. 

Subtracting the common < B C A 

from equals, < B C D = < A + < B. Q. E. D. 

3. Steps in construction: 

a. Adopt any unit, as ^ inch. 

6. Lay oil base line, 3^ inches, i. e., 7 units. 

c. Using one extremity of the base as a center, with a radius 2^ inches (5 units), 
describe an indefinite arc, and from the other extremity of the base as a 
center, with a radius 2 inches (4 units) describe an arc intersecting the for- 
mer. The intersection of the two arcs will be the vertex of the required tri- 
angle. 

d. Draw lines connecting the vertex with the extremities of the base line. 

4. Let A B and C D be chords intersecting 
each other at O. 

Then we are to prove that < D B is measured 
bv one-half the sum of tlie intercepted arcs, i. e., 
i'(A C+D B). 

Draw the chord A E parallel to the chord 
CD. 

Then will the arc E D equal the arc A C, and 
<EAO = <DOB. 

< E A is measured by one-half the arc E B. 
(An angle in a circumference.) 

. ". < D O B may be measured by one-half the 
arc E B. But arc E B = arcs E D -f D B = 
arcs A C-f-D B. 

. •. < D O B is measured by i (A C-fD B). 

Q. E. D. 





i/a'' 



- = altitude of the triangle. (Hypothenuse and 

base of a right-angled triangle given to find the perpen- 
dicular.) 

a/ ^ i/ ^ 

i &X y a'^ — J = area required = ^5 y a' — 7 = 

2a -f 5 



I 2a -\- l 



2' 2 
6 I /2a — l\ 



(^)x|x|x(?^0 



h 2a + b ^ 2a — 
3^-2--^ = — 2- 

16 



^ian^-b^ _ 4/-^ (4a^ - 6^)=| V ^a'^ - 5^ == }S V^"' " ^\ area required. 

30 



State of New York. 
department f publl g in s t ru g t ion. 

■QUESTIONS USED IN EXAMINATIONS FOR STATE SCHOLARSHIPS IN 

CORNELL UNIVERSITY. 



Juna 6, 1891. 



GRAMMAR. 

On mounting a rising ground, which brought the figure of his fellow-traveler in relief 
against the sky, gigantic in height, and muffled in a cloaii, Ichabod was horror-struck, 
on perceiving that he was headless! — but his horror was still more increased on observ- 
ing that the head, which should have rested on his shoulders, was carried before him 
on the pommel of the saddle: his terror rose to desperation; he rained a shower of kicks 
and blows upon Gunpowder, hoping, by a sudden movement, to give his companion the 
slip — but the spectre started full jump with him. 

WASHINGTON IRVING. 

The first three questions refer to the above selection. 

Notes. — 1. A combination of subject and predicate is called a clause. Clauses are principal or 
subordinate. 

2. In naming a clause, include only its unmodified subject and unmodified predicate. 

3. A preposition with its object is called a phrase. 

4. In naming a phrase, give only the preposition and its unmodified object. 

1. Select five clauses and classify them as principal or subordinate. 

2. Select {a) a participle used like a noun (governed like a noun); (6) a participle usev^ 

like an adjective; (c) an infinitive; (tZ) an adjective phrase; (e) an adverbial phrase. 

3. Give the modifiers of [a) fellow-tramler ; (b) was increased; (c) was carried. 

4. What four parts of a verb are called principal parts? Illustrate. 

5. Write two sentences, one containing a clause in apposition with a noun, and the 

other containing a noun in apposition with a clause. 



ALGEBRA. 

Give all the important steps of the reasoning and work. Write plainly, and arrange every thing 
clearly, without crowding. 

1. What are similar terms? Write an equation made up of such terms. 

2. By comparison find the values of x and y in the equations 4a; — 3y=a, and 5a;+4y=6. 

3. Divide 12x-^if^ by x~^y''. 

4. Given a'-' — 5a=24: to find values of a. 

5. A rectangular piece of ground has a perimeter of 100 rods, and its area is 589 square 

rods. What are its length and breadth ? 



PHYSIOLOGY. 

1. How many metacarpal bones and how many phalanges in either hand ? 

2. What is the name of those nerves which terminate in the muscles? 

3. Name five fluids that are concerned in the digestion of food . 

4. Explain how exercise raises the temperature of the blood . 

5. Describe the course of the blood in its passage from the right ventricle of the heart 

to the left auricle . 

31 



State of New York. 

department of public ins t liuc t i on. 

questioivs used in examinations for state scholarships in 

CORNELL UNIVERSITY. 

AMERICAN HISTORY. 

1. Mention tliree prominent causes of the American Revolution. 

2. By what war did Great Britain acquire Canada? Mention two important battles of 

that war. 

3. What year is meant by the " Centennial Year?" Why is it so called? What great 

celebration was held during that year in the United States ? 

4. What was the emancipation proclamation? When and by whom was it issued ? 

5. Mention two historians, two poets and two inventors (Americans, living or dead), 

and name one work of each. ^ 

GEOGRAPHY. 

1. Define climate; watershed; plateau. 

2. Account for the climate of southern France. 

3. Name the metropolis of the following: New York; Pennsylvania; Missouri; Illi- 

nois; England. 

4. Name the largest republic of Europe; the strongest fortress of the world; the Euro- 

pean seaport with which the United States carries on the most extensive com- 
merce. 

5. Locate the following: The Rhone river; the River Po; the Appenine mountains; 

Cape Hatteras; Cape of Good Hope. 

ARITHMETIC. 

1. A difference of 2 hr. 17 min. 25 sec. in local time indicates what difference in longi- 

tude ? 

2. The length of a rectangular field is to its breadth as 11:7, and its area is 30.8 acres. 

Find its length. 

giv* of 86^ 

3. (4|X3/g^)-=--|z-^ — Tes^^' (Solve in one operation by cancellation.) 

4. Find one edge of a cube equivalent in volume to three cubes whose edges are re- 

spectively 3 ft. 6 in., 3 ft. 4 in. and 4 ft. 2 in. 

5. The principal ir $97.05, the rate per annum 6 per cent, and the amount $105.19. 

Find the time and the interest. 

PLANE GEOMETRY. 

1. Demonstrate: If two angles of a triangle are equal, the sides opposite the equal 

angles are equal, and the figure is isosceles. 

2. By what is an angle formed by two secants measured ? Give proof. 

3. Demonstrate: In any obtuse angled triangle, the square of the side opposite the 

obtuse angle is equal to the sum of the squares of the other two sides increased 
by twice the product of one of those sides and the projection of the other on that 
side. 

4. Demonstrate: The area of a triangle is equal to one-half of the product of its base 

by its altitude. 

5. Given 8 for the radius of a circle: Find the area of the regular inscribed triangle. 

Give solution. 

32 



State of New York. 
department of public ins t li u c t i on. 

ANSWERS USED IN EXAMINATIONS FOR STATE SCHOLARSHIPS IN 

CORNELL UNIVERSITY. 

.i^isrs'V^E]:E^s. 

GRAMMAR. 

1. Principal clauses: Ichahod was Itorror-strvck, horror was increased, terror rose, he 
rained, spectre started. Subordinate clauses: which brought, he was headless, 
head was carried, whicli should have rested. 

3. {a) Mounting, perceiving, observing. I 

ip) Rising, muffled, hoping. 

(c) To give. 

(d) Adjective phrases: Of fellow-traveler, of saddle, of kicks and blows. 

(e) Adverbial phrases: On mounting, in relief, against sky, in height, in cloak, on per- 

ceiving, on obsermig, on shoulders, before him, on pommel, to desperation, upon 
Ounpowder, by movement, {at) jumj), with him. 

3. (a) Pronoun Ms, adjective gigantic, participle muffled. 

(b) Adverb more, phrase on observing. 

(c) The phrases, before him, and on pommel. 

4. Indicative mode, present and past tenses; participle, present and past tenses. Ex. 

Sit, sat, sitting, sat. 

5. Answers will differ. Ex. The answer " I will go " was received. Ex. " In God we 

trust," a maxim found on certaiu coins, should characterize the policy of the 
Nation, 

ALGEBRA. 

1. Terms made up of the same letters having the same exponents; e. g., ix^ and 5x^ 

„ 4a +36 4b— 5a 

2. x= . ; y= 

31 ^ 31 

3. \23?y-^\ 

4. a=8 or — 3. 

5. Length 31 rods; breadth 19 rods. 

PHYSIOLOGY. 

1. Five metacarpals and fourteen phalanges. 
3. Motor nerves, or nerves of motion, 

3. Saliva, gastric juice, bile, pancreatic juice, intestinal fluid. 

4. It occasions greater waste and, consequently, increases the chemical action in the 

blood, and the chemical action evolves heat. 

5. It passes from the right ventricle through the pulmonary arteries to the lungs; in 

the lungs it passes through the capillaries into the pulmonary veins; through the 
pulmonary veins it enters the right auricle of the heart. 



AMERICAN HISTORY. 

1. Answers may vary. 

3. The French and Indian war. Any two of the following: Braddock's expedition, 

Louisburg, Ticonderoga, Quebec. 

8. 1876. It was the centennial anniversary of the Declaration of Independence. The 
Centennial Exposition at Philadelphia. 

4. It was a proclamation declaring all the slaves in the United States free wherever the 

people were still in rebellion, January 1, 1863. By President Lincoln. 

5. Answers may vary, 

33 



State of New York. 
department f publl c inst ru c t i on. 

ANSWERS USED IN EXAMINATIONS FOR STATE SCHOLARSHIPS IN 
CORNELL UNIVERSITY. 

GEOGRAPHY. 

1. The condition of the atmosphere with regard to heat, moisture and salubrity. A 
ridge or elevation between two river basins. An elevated plain. 

a. It is due to the warm westerly and south-westerly wiuds. 

3. New York; Philadelphia; St. Louis; Chicago; London. 

4. France; Gibraltar; Liverpool. 

5. In France; In Italy r In Italy; Eastern extremity of North Carolina, Southern 

extremity of Africa. 



ARITHMETIC. 



1. 34°, 21', 15'. 

2. 88 rods. 



3 
31 
273 
29 170 3 5 3 1365 4 537 

3. — X X-X-X X X— = . 

6 58 7 4 260 16 75 1280 
2 2 20 4 15 

5 
NOTK.— The figures above and below the fractions are the results of cancellations, 

4. 30^+403+503=216000; 1^216000=60; 60 in. =5 ft.— or l+2if +4|t=8, the ratio of 

the volume of the required cube to the volume of the smallest given cube. 
By proportion, 1:8:: 303(in.) : ( )3(in.); extracting cube root of every term, 
1:2:: 30(in.) : ( ) (in.); hence 60 in.=5 ft. 

5. 1 yr. 4 mo, 23 da. 



PLANE GEOMETRY. 



1. 




In the triangle ABC, let the < B 
= < C. 

To prove A B = A C. 

Proof. Suppose A D drawn perpen- 
dicular to B C. In the right- 
angled triangles A D B and A D 
C, A D = A D, < B = < C, 
therefore the two triangles are 
equal in all their parts. Hence, 
A B = A C Q. E. D. 



2. By one-half the difference of the intercepted arcs. 

jf J Let the < A be formed by two secants A C and A B. 

To prove < A is measured by 4 (C B — D E), 
Proof. Draw E C. Then the < C E B = < A + < C. The 
< C E B is measured by -| C B, beic^ an inscribed < . 
The < C is measured by | D E for a like reason. There- 
fore if in the equation < C E B = < A + < C.we substi- 
tute the measures of the angles, we have ^ C B = < A + 
i. D E, or < A = i (C B — D E). Q, E. D, 



34 




State of New York. 

department of public instruction. 

answers used in examinations for state scholarships in 

CORNELL UNIVERSITY. 



PLANE GEOMETRY — (Continued). 




Let C be the obtuse angle of the triangle A B 
C, and C D be the projection of A C upon B 
C produced. 

To prove AB "^ = Bc'' + AC* + 2BCxDC. 

(l)'Dl3' = B^' + Dc' + 2BC X D C. 

2 

Add A D to both members, and we have 

(2) AD '^ + DB ^ = a1) ' + FC * + 'WQ ' + 
2 B C X D C. 



(3) A D^ 

(4) ad' 



+ DB = AB' 

4- irc^ = Ac° 



Substituting (3) and (4) in (2) we have 
AB* = AC' + Fc' + 2BCXDC. 




Q. E. D. 
e, C B its base and 



Let A B C be a trian 
A D its altitude. 

To prove the area of the triangle A B C = 
i C B X A D. 

Proof. From A draw A X || to C B. 
From C draw C X || to A B. 

The figure A B C X is a parallelogram, A 
C its diagonal, and A D its altitude. 

The area ofABCX = BCxAD. 

The triangle A B C is one-half the parallelogram A B C X. Therefore, the tri- 



angle ABC = iBCxAD. 

5. Area of regular inscribed triangle is 48 V^. 
Solution: 



Q.E. D. 




Let the triangle M N X be regularly inscribed m a circle whose radius is 8. 
Let S = the side of the triangle. 

R = the radius of the circumscribed circle. 

A = the altitude of the triangle. 
ThenS:R:: 4/3:1 

s = R 4/3 = 8 Va. 



A = f R. Area of the triangle M N X ^ 



?|5x|ot8_48»'r. 



|XA. 



Area M N X 



35 



Q. E. F. 



QUKSXION3 



USED Br THE 



Department of Public Instruction, State of New York. 



Entrance Examinations 



STATE NORMAL SCHOOLS. 



September, 1890-February, 1891. 



State of New York. 

DEI-ARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION, 
ENTRANCE EXAMINATION QUESTIONS AT 

STATE NORMAL SCHOOLS. 



September, 1890. 



ARITHMETIC. 

1. What 19 the name of (a) the tenth period in whole numbers ; (b) the sixth period in 

decimals ; (c) the eighth place in decimals ? 

2. Write twenty whole numbers of six significant figures each, and add them. 

3. Illustrate your method of verifying your work when you have multiplied two large 

numbers together. 

4. Find (a) G. C. D. of 1873 and 432 bytwo methods ; (b) L. C. M. of same two numbers. 

5. Divide (2^ x ^) by (2:J — If) and reduce the result to a decimal. 

6. How many yards of carpet f of a yard wide is required to cover a floor 17 feet long 

and 16 feet 6 inches wide ? 

7. In what time will $680, at 4 per cent simple interest, amount to $727.60? 

8. A collector who charges 8 per cent, commission on what he collects, pays me $534.75 

on a bill for $775 ; how much of the bill remains uncollected ? 

9. A cellar is to be dug 30 feet long and 20 feet wide. At what depth will 100 cubic 

yards of earth have been removed ? ^ 

10, How many feet, board measure, in a plank 16 feet 4 inches long, 1 foot 7 inches wide 
and 4| inches thick ? 

GEOGRAPHY. 

1. Name the counties bordering on (a) the Hudson river ; (b) Lake Ontario. 

2. In what county is (a) Rochester ; (b) Syracuse ; (c) Binghamton ; (d) Middletown ; (e) 

Jamestown ; (f) Utica ; (g) Poughkeepsie ? 

3. List the cities named in question 2 in order of greatest population. 

4. Name (a) the four longest railroads in this State ; (b) their termini ; (c) the cities 

through which they pass respectively. 

5. By what number, approximately, would you multiply the population of New York 

State to produce the population of the United States? 

6. How many (a) states in the United States ; (b) territories ? 

7. Name (a) the territories, (b) the states that have been admitted since the last Presi- 

dential election. 

8. Name three railroad lines to the Pacific coast. 

9. Name the largest state in area in the United States, and compare it in size with (a) 

France ; (b) the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland ; (c) Germany ; (d) 
Russia. 

10. Draw a rough outline map of the Western Hemisphere and locate the large (a) po- 
'tical divisions ; (b) rivers ; (c) mountains ; (d) bays ; (e) gulfs ; (f) capes. 

GRAMMAR. 

1. Give a synopsis of the verb "to see" in the third person singular of all the modes 

and tenses in the active voice. 

2. Classify adjectives and give illustrations. 

3. Compare much, ill, able, faithful. 

4. Give the rule for the formation of the possessive case. 

38 



State of New York. 
department of public instruction. 
entrance examination questions at 
STATE NORMAL SCtlOOLS. 

GRAMMAR — (Continued). 

5. Write the possessive case plural of slieep, man, lady, enemy, son-in-law. 

6. Name the grammatical forms of the parts of speech and the parts of speech to 

which they severally apply. 

7. Copy the following and underscore the logical subjects once and the grammatical 

subjects twice, (a) " A thing of beauty is a joy forever;" (b) " Chaucer, the father 
of English poetry, wrote the Canterbury Tales ; " (c) " The morn, in russet mantle 
clad, walks o'er the dew of yon high eastern hill." 

8. Diagram or analyze the following by any method : " Franklin, who afterward became 

a distinguished statesman and philosopher, learned his trade in the printing oflBlce 
of his brother, who published a paper in Boston." 

9. In the first five questions make a list of (a) the nouns and their cases ; (b) the verbs 

and their principal parts ; (c) the prepositions and their terms of relation . 

10. Write a description of some village or city — seventy-five words. Give special atten- 
tion to punctuation and capitalization. 



February, 1891. First Day. 



ARITHMETIC. 

1. What is a proof for division? Define a composite number. Define the prime 

factors of a number. After several numbers have been resolved into their prime 
factors, how is the G. C. D. of those numbers found ? How their L. C. M.? 

2. The dividend is 1764f , the quotient 76, and the remainder 17f , What was the 

divisor ? 

3. In 14 lbs. avoirdupois weight, how many ounces apothecaries' weight ? 

4. What is the exact contents, in cubic yards, of a cellar wall 2 feet thick and 9 feet 

high, whose outside measurement is 36 feet by 24 feet ? 

5. If f of an acre of land cost $560, what will f of an acre cost ? 

6. In a battle | of an army were killed and 20 per cent wounded. If the remainder 

was 4941 men, how many were there at first ? 

7. On an interest-bearing note for $785, dated Rome, N. Y. , Januarv 3, 1887, there was 

paid March 18, 1888, $50; and July 18, 1889, $275. How much was due Novem- 
ber 3, 1890 ? 

8. How much must I invest in U. S. 4's at 122 in order that my annual income may be 

$640 ? 

9. If 3800 soldiers use 165 bbls. flour in 40 days, how long will 77 bbls. last 570 soldiers ? 

10. \/ 48654.273 = ? 

GEOGRAPHY. 

1. Define latitude and longitude. State the latitude and longitude of the North pole. 

2. Name all of the States of the Union that have sea coast, and name their capitals. 

3. Locate the following mountain ranges: Apennines, Himalaya, Atlas, Sierra Nevada 

and White. 

39 



State of New York. 

department of public instruction. 

entrance examination questions at 

STATE NORMAL SCHOOLS. 

GEOGRAPHY— (Continued). 

4. Name five countries of Europe and five of Asia, and give their capitals. 

5. Describe the following rivers: Connecticut, Hudson, Delavt^are, Susquehanna and 

Missouri. 

6. Define the equator, polar circles, and parallels of latitude. 

7. Locate the following lakes: Champlain, Great Salt, Moosehead, Victoria, and 

Titicaca; also name five lakes wholly within New York. 

8. Name five counties of New York located on islands. 

9. Name in order of population the five largest cities of the United States, 
10, Locate London, Liverpool, Paris, Berlin and Vienna. 

GRAMMAR. 

Selection 1. — 

(1) " There stood the burgomaster, a tall, haggard, imposing figure, with dark visage 
and tranquil but commanding eye." (2) "He waved his broad-leaved felt hat for silence, 
and then exclaimed in language which has been almost literally preserved, ' What would 
ye, my friends ? ' " 

1. Tell the case, with reasons, of every noun and pronoun in the given selection, and 

the class of the sentences. 

2. Make a list of the adjectives, telling the class to which they severally belong, 

3. Give a list of the verbs, and tell their class and principal parts. 

4. What are the modifications, or properties of nouns, adjectives and verbs? 

5. Give a synopsis of the verb to he in the third person, singular number. 

6. Make in the plural number and possessive case, the words viotJier -in-law, cUly, 

chimney, deer. 

7. Give the plural form of the nouns piano, tomato, arch, monarch, ox, box, mouse, 

house, genius. 

8. Compare the adjectives ^ot>cZ, much, many, few, noble, m,agnificent ; and the adverbs 

well, ill, often, ahly. 

9. Analyze, by diagram or any other method, the sentences: 

(1) "Day dawned upon Granada, and the beams of the winter sun, smiling away the 
clouds of the past night, played cheerily upon the murmuring waves of the Xenil and 
the Darrow." 

(2) "Alone, upon a balcony commanding a view of the beautiful landscape, stood 
Boabdil, the last of the Moorish Kings." 

10. Write a description of a church and congregation and the minister during worship; 
observing: 

1. ^ write good English; 

2. 1o spell correctly; 

3. To punctuate properly; 

4. To use capital letters with good taste; 

5. To write one hundred words. 

40 



State of New York. 

tjepartment of public ins t it u c t 1 n: 

entrance examinations questions at 

STATE NORMAL SCHOOLS. 



February, 1891. Second Day, 



ARITHMETIC. 

1. Express by Arabic and by Roman characters two millions, twenty thousand, one 

hundred nineteen. 

2. The product of two numbers is 760,069,388, one of them being 26,078. Find the 

quotient arising from dividing their sum by 1534. 

3. Find the greatest common divisor and least common multiple of 858 and 5775. 

4. Perform the operations indicated by signs in the following: 3i+2X, 34— 2tt 

5. If the denominator of a fraction be divided by 5, and its numerator by 3, is its value 

increased or diminished, how much and wliy '? 

6. How many yards of carpeting, three-fourths of a yard wide, will cover a room 42 

feet long and 30 feet wide 1 

7. By selling a carriage for $117, a dealer lost 10 per cent of its cost; for how much 

should he have sold it to gain 10 per cent of its cost ? 

8. Which pays the better as an investment, -a 6 per cent mortgage, or Western Union 

Telegraph stock which pays 5 per cent per annum and can be bought (including 
brokerage) for 83.25 per cent of its par value ? 

9. On a bond and mortgage securing $500, dated January 1, 1887, and bearing the legal 

rate of interest in this State, the following payments have been made: July 1, 
1887, $100; January 1, 1889, $10. How much is still due February 1, 1889? 

10. If $100 gain $8 in one year, how much will $600 gain in five mouths ? Solve by 
proportion . 

GEOGRAPHY. 

1. What are the countries of North America, with their capitals ? 

3. Mention, in order, the States which border on the Mississippi river, beginning at 
the south and going northward on the west bank, and returning on the east bank. 

3. What is the largest river within, or bordering on, the territory of the United States, 

flowing to the north ? To the north-east ? To the south-east ? To the south ? To 
the south-west ? To the west ? 

4. Starting from the central point of Tennessee, and going north, what State do you 

enter? south? east? west? north-east? north-west? south-east? south-west? 

5. Mention the principal bays and gulfs which indent the coast of the Uniled States, 

beginning at the north. 

6. What ranges of mountains would you find in traveling directly west from Philadel- 

phia across the continent ? , 

7. What States and Territories does the fortieth parallel of north latitude cross ? 

8. Mention the countries of Europe, with their capitals. 

9. What are five of the largest rivers of Europe, and into what waters do they flow ? 
10. Give the boundaries of New York. 

41 



State of New York. 

department of public in s t li u c t i on. 

entrance examination questions at 

STATE NORMAL SCHOOLS 

GRAMMAR. 

1 "'Tis the last rose of summer left blooming alone; 

2 All her lovely companions are faded and gone; 

3 No flower of her kindred, no rosebud is nigh, 

4 To reflect back her blushes, or give sigh for sigh. 

5 I'll not leave thee, thou lone one, to pine on the stem, 

6 Since the lovely are sleeping, go sleep thou with them.'' 

1. Give the number of sentences in this selection and the number of propositions in 

each sentence. 

2. Make a list of all the grammatical subjects, numbering them. 

3. Make a list of all the grammatical predicates, numbering them. Define grammatical 

predicate. 

4. Similarly make a list of the nouns, numbering them and giving the case of each. 

Decline all the nouns in the second sentence. 

5. In the same manner select the personal pronouns, giving the case of each. Decline 

the first. 

6. Name the relative pronouns not found in these sentences. 

7. Give the principal parts of every verb in these sentences. 

8. Give a synopsis of go in third person, singular number, masculine gender. 

9. Classify all the adjectives. Compare the adjectives in the second sentence. 

10. Parse /, will leave and to pine, in the fifth line. 

42 



QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 



USED BY THE 



Department of Public Instruction, State of New York, 



Uniform Examinations 



Commissioners' Certificates. 



COMPLETE FROM 



May 5, 1890, to June 13 j 1891, inclusive, 



WITH LATEST REGULATIONS. 



State of New York. 

UNIFORM EXAMINATION QUESTIONS. 
THESE KEGULATIONS SHOULD BE OAEEFULLY EEAD AITD PRESEEVED. 

REGULATIONS 

GOVERNING 

Uniform Examinations 

FOR 

COMMISSIONERS' CERTIFICATES. 



State of New York : 
^zpwctrazni at ^xxblijc %nsixyxctxan, 

SUPERINTENDENT'S OFFICE. 

Albany, April 1, 1891. 
To School Commissioners: 

The following regulations in reference to uniform examina- 
tions for Commissioners' Certificates, are hereby established 
and prescribed for the guidance of School Commissioners: 

REGULATIONS. 

^^~ Note Changes in Nos. 14 and 23. 
I. Grades of Certificates. 

1. Teachers' certificates issued by School Commissioners shall be of three 
grades — first, second and third. 

2. Certificates of the first grade shall be issued for a term of five years. On 
their expiration, from time to time, these certificates may be renewed at the 
discretion of the School Commissioner, without re-examination. 

3. Certificates of the second grade shall be issued for a term of two years, 
and shall be renewed only upon re-examination. 

4. Certificates of the third grade shall be issued for a term of six months, shall 
be limited to a particular school or grade, and shall in no case be issued to the 
same person more than twice. The candidate may take the examination at any 
appointed time or place, but a certificate shall be issued only after the candidate 
shall have made an engagement to teach, approved by the School Commissioner. 
,Tf, after passing an examination, a candidate engage to teach within the juris- 
diction of another Commissioner, the answer papers shall be transferred to said 
Commissioner upon his requisition. Third-grade certificates shall be dated when 
issued ; but not more than one year shall intervene between the examination and 
the issuance of the certificate. Certificates of other grades shall be issued as 
soon as practicable, after the completion of the examination, and shall bear date 
corresponding to the final examination. 

5. In addition to the foregoing, School Commissioners may grant temporary 
licenses for a time not exceeding six weeks, in cases where public convenience 
absolutely requires it, and applicants .shall present satisfactory reasons for not 
having been present at a legular examination. A temporary license shall not be 
renewed except by direction of the State Superintendent of Public Instruction, 

44 



State of New York. 
department of public instruction. 

REGULATIONS. 

II. Qualifications op Candidates. 

I. Experience. 

6. Candidates for certificates of the first grade must have taught succesefully 
for at least two years. 

7. Candidates for certificates of the second grade must have taught success- 
fully for a period of not less than sixteen weeks. 

II. Educational requirements. 

8. Candidates for certificates of the third grade shall be required to pass an 
oral examination in Reading, and a written examination in Arithmetic, Com- 
position, Geography, Grammar, Orthography, Penmanship, and Physiology and 
Hygiene. 

9. Candidates for certificates of the second grade shall be required to pass an 
oral examination in Reading, and a written examination in the subjects required 
for certificates of the third grade ; also in American History, Civil Government, 
Methods and School Economy, Current Topics, and Drawing. 

10. Candidates for certificates of the first grade shall be required to pass a 
written examination in the subjects required for a certificate of the second 
grade, with exception of Reading ; also in Algebra, Book keeping, Physics, and 
School Law. 

IL The questions in written examinations for certificates of the second and 
third grades shall be the same so far as the subjects are the same, the difference 
iu educational qualifications for these grades being determined by the difiference 
in the standings attained. 

13. Candidates for certificates of the third grade must attain a standing of at 
least sixty per cent in Arithmetic, Geography, Grammar and Orthography, and 
an average standing of at least sixty per cent in all the other subjects. 

13. Candidates for certificates of the second grade must attain a standing of 
at least seventy-five per cent in Arithmetic, Geography, Grammar, Penmanship, 
Methods and School Economy, and Orthography, and an average standing of at 
least seventy-five per cent in all the other subjects. 

* 14. Candidates in the second and third-grade examination for their first 
certificate in either of said grades, shall be exempt from examination in any 
subject in which they have attained a standing of seventy-five per cent in any 
previous examination held not more than six months before. But for any subse- 
quent certificate of the same grade, they shall be exempt from examination only 
in those subjects in which they have standings of seventy-five per cent or over, 
attained in a single examination which may be either of those held within six 
months preceding the date of the final examination. 

15. For certificates of the first grade, separate examinations shall be held, and 
candidates must attain a standing of at least seventy-five per cent in Arithmetic, 
Geography Grammar, Penmanship, Methods and School Economy, and Orthog- 
raphy, and an average standing of at least seventy-five per cent iu all the other 
subjects. 

16. All candidates for certificates of the first grade, who attain the required 
percentage in any one of the designated subjects, but not in all, will be credited 
for those studies in which they shall have passed, and a partial certificate to this 
effect will be given by the School Commissioner. On passing the required per- 
centage in the remaining designated subjects at the next subsequent examination 
of the first grade, they will receive the regular certificate of that grade. 

17. Candidates undertaking the first-grade examination and failing to attain 
the standard required for a certificate of that grade, may be given a certificate 
of the second or third grade, provided the percentages attained are as high as 
required in that grade ; but no credits obtained in a second-grade or third-grade 
examination shall be allowed in an examination for a first-grade certificate. 

18. Candidates for certificates of any grade shall be exempt from examination 
in any subject in which they have attained -a standing of seventy-five per cent in 
an examination for a State certificate. 

19. No paper that shows a standing of less than fifty per cent shall be accepted 
in examinations for certificates of any grade. 

20. School Commissioners may, in their discretion, supplement these examina- 
tions with other questions, demand a higher percentage than that above required, 
or refuse to admit a candidate to the examination, or to grant him a certificate 
after he has attained the required standing. 

* Note changes in this regulation. 
45 



State of New York. 

uniform exa3rinati0n questions. 
regulations. 

III. Marking. 

21, The standings shall be marked on the basis of the marginal numbers 
placed after the several questions, a portion of credits being allowed on any 
answer or process that admits of division, shows knowledge of principles, or 
gives an essential part of the information called for. 

23. In marking standings in Orthography, both spelling and use of capital 
letters must be regarded ; but no percentage shall be recorded in Orthography 
until a candidate has completed his examination. Partial certificates must show 
the number of words mis-spelled in the subjects taken. No candidate whose 
papers show more than twenty-five mis-spelled words ought to receive a certiii- 
cate in any grade. 

IV. Times for Examinations. 

*23. Examinations for certificates of the second and third grades shall, unless 
omitted in the discretion of the School Commissioner, be held in each commis- 
sioner district on tlie third Saturday of January, the second Saturday each of 
February and June, the first Saturday each of April, May, September, October, 
and November, the first Tuesday of March, and the third Tuesday of August. 
Examinations for certificates of the first grade shall begin on the first Tuesday of 
March, and the third Tuesday of August, and continue two days. No examina- 
tion shall be held upon any other date than those above enumerated, except by 
direction of the State Superintendent of Public Instruction. 

V. Indorsement op Certificates. 

24. Certificates of the first and second grades shall be valid in any commissioner 
district of the State, when indorsed by the School Commissioner of the district. 

VI. Records of Examinations. 
85. All answer papers submitted by candidates shall be indorsed in ink by the 
School Commissioner, with the standing attained, and placed on file in his office, 
subject to the order of the State Superintendent of Public Instruction. 

26. Records of all examinations shall be kept by the Commissioner in a book 
furnished by the Department of Public Instruction for that purpose, and which 
shall be delivered to his successor in office. 

VII. Forms of Certificates. 

27. Blank certificates of the prescribed form will be furnished for the use of 
the Commissioners by the Department of Public Instruction. 

VIII. Places of Examinations. 

28. Commissioners shall give due notice of the places of examinations and the 
hour at which they will begin. 

29. Commissioners should publish a permanent schedule indicating the place 
at which each examination during the year will be held, which should be so 
arranged as to meet the convenience of the entire district. 

30. Examinations shall be held in but one place in any school commissioner 
district upon any given date. 

Statement of Candidates. 

31. Before entering upon examination, candidates will be required to fill out 
a copy of the following : 

Fall name 

Home P. O 

Age 

Successful experience in teaching terms 

References as to moral character . 

Last Certificate : 

Grade Date 

Issued by 

Have held second-grade certificates. 

Have held third-grade certificates. 

Have held temporary license. 

Am exempt from examination in 



Copies of the above form will be supplied by the Department. 
* Note change in this regulation. 
46 



State of New York. 

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 
REGULATIONS. 

Program for Second and Third Grades. 

82. Examinations for certificates of the second and third grades will be held 
according to the following program : 

A. M. — Arithmetic, Geography, Civil Government, Drawing, Reading. 

P. M. — Composition, Grammar, Physiology and Hygiene, American History, 
Current Topics. Methods and School Economy. 

Program for First Grade. 
33. Examinations for certifcates of the first grade will be held according to 
the following program : 

Tuesday. 
A. M. — Arithmetic, Geography, Drawing. 
P. M. — Composition, Grammar, Physiology and Hygiene, Current Topics. 

Wednesday. 
A. M. — American History, Algebra, Book keeping. 
P. M. — Civil Government, School Law, Physics, Methods and School Economy. 

NOTES. 

1. Penmanship will be judged from the papers on Geography, and Orthog- 
raphy from all of the papers. 

2. Twenty-five per cent of the credits of papers on Composition will depend 
upon the general excellence of all papers submitted, with reference to neatness, 
order and punctuation. 

3. In the solution of problems, every process must be indicated. Mere 
answers will not be accepted. 

4. The examinations in each subject will be restricted to the half-day desig- 
nated in the program. 

5. Collusion between candidates or any other act of dishonesty will wholly 
vitiate their examination. 

6. Answer papers should be written in ink, arranged and filed in good order. 

7. Questions to be used in these examinations, together with the answers 
thereto, will be issued by the Department and forwarded to School Commis- 
sioners in sealed envelopes ; t7i3se must be first opened in the presence oj the class at 
the time for the examination. 

8. Answers will be furnished to Commissioners — the envelope containing the 
same not to be opened until the close of the examination. 

9. Candidates must supply themselves with necessary material, and to secure 
uniformity legal cap paper should be used. 

10. Books for records of examinations will be furnished to School Commis- 
sioners by the Department. 

11. Candidates are not eligible to enter an examination for a first-grade certifi- 
cate until they have had two years' successful experience in teaching ; nor are 
candidates eligible to enter an examination for a -second-grade certificate until 
they have had sixteen weeks experience in teaching. 

12. In marking partial certificates of the first grade, commissioners will draw 
a line through all subjects not taken, and will cross out all standings below seventy- 
five per cent in Arithmetic, Geography, Grammar, Penmanship, and Methods 
and School Economy, and all below fifty per cent in the remaining subjects. 

13. In determining standings in Orthography, in examinations of the first and 
second grades, each different word mis-spelled should count one per cent off, 
from a total of one hundred credits. In examinations for third-grade certificates, 
each different word mis-spelled should count one and three-fifths per cent off, 
from a total of one hundred credits. The same word mis-spelled more than once 
should count as but a single word. 

State Superintendent. 
47 



State of New York. 
uniform examina tion q uestions. 



ALGEBRA. 
1st Grade, ...-.- August 20, 1890. 

1. What is a co-efficient? 10 

2. A man being asked bow much money he had, replied that if he had $35 more 

than 3 times what he then had he would have $355. How much money had he ? 10 

3. Two pipes empty into a cistern. One can fill it in 8 hours, and the other in 9 

hours. How soon will it be filled, if both empty into it at the same time? 10 

x + 6 

4. Reduce 6.r — 4 —- to an improper fraction. 10 



5. Solve the following by substitution : 10 



5 


2 






+ — = 


--1 


3.r 


by 




J 


1 








= 3. 


fe 


~Wy" 





6. Expand {x — ZyY by the binomial theorem. • 10 

7. Reduce — to its simplest form. 10 

8. Given 10 — la^ — a- to find values of a. 10 

9. What is a pure quadratic equation ? 10 
10. Find the values of x and y in the equations, x — y = 3, and x~ — y^ = 117. 10 



1st Grade, --.... March 4, 1891. 

Each of the followiug questions has ten credits assigned to it. 

1. Define quantity, equation, and factor. 

2. Multiply Ax~y — ^xy- by 2ax + %ay. 

3. To what is the zero power of any quantity equal ? Show why. 

4. State the process of finding the greatest common divisor of two or more quantities 

by factoring. 

5. Divide 24iX-yz by Qxy^zs. 

t. write two simple equations each containing three terms and two unknown quanti- 
ties, and reduce by comparison. 

7. A and B had together a capital of $9,800. A invested i of his capital and B I of his, 

when each had the same sum left. How much had each before the investment ? 

8. Find the third power of 3x — 2y. 

9. Extract the cube root of a^ +Sa^b+3ab^ +b^ . 

10. Given x+y = 8, and x^+y^ = 34, to find x and y. 

4S 



State of New York. 
department of public instruc tion. 



ALGEBRA.— Answers. 

1st Grade, -.-._. August 20, 1890. 

1 . A figure or a letter placed before a quantity to show how many times the quantity 

is taken. 
3. $110. 
3. 4^\ hours. 

. Vix — S — x-Q llx — 14 
'*• 2— ""' -^- 

5. x = i, y = \. 

6. x^ — ^x^y+21xy~ — 2''!y^. 

„ ZxV^ xVJ 

7. r:r or . 

3 V 5x V 5y 

8. a = 5 or 2. 

9. An equation which contains only the second power of the unknown quantity. 
10. « = 21, 2/ = 18. 



1st Grade, '...--- March 4, 1891. 

1. Quantity is the amount or extent of any thing. An equation is an expression of 

equality between two numbers or quantities. 
A factor is one of the quantities which multiplied together will produce another 
quantity. 

2. 8ax^y +6axY—9axy\ 

3. It equals 1. Proof -' =1 ; -^^a'-i=a'>, .'. a«=l. 

4. Resolve the quantities into their prime factors, and find the product of all the com- 

mon factors. 



5. 4 a; 2/ z f • 



6. Answers may differ. 

7. A had $4,800 ; B had $5,000. 

8. 27x^—54x^y+-SQxy^—8y^ 

9. a+b. 

10. x=3 or 5 ; y=5 or 3. 



49 



State of New York. 

UU^IFORM EXAMINATION QUESTIONS. 



AMERICAN HISTORY. 
2d and 3rd Grades, ... - - April 5, 1890. 

Of the following questions, the candidates will answer only six, to each of which sixteen and 
two-thirds credits are assigned. 

1. State facts about Hudson's explorations. 

2. Under what circumstances did New York finally go back under English rule ? 

3. Mention one prominent result of the French and Indian war. 

4. What were the provisions of the Stamp Act ? 

5. Give a brief account of Paul Revere's ride. 

6. State facts about John Jay and John Quincy Adams. 

7. From what nation was each of the following purchased: Louisiana? Florida? 

The Gadsden Purchase ? Alaska ? 

8. Give an account of the battle between the Alabama and the Kearsarge. 

2d and 3rd Grades, _ . . . _ May 3, 1890. 

Each of the following questions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 

1. State what you have read of the mound-builders of the Mississippi Valley. 

2. Who was La Salle ? Roger Williams ? 

3. Who were the miniite-men of the Revolution ? 

4. State facts about Patrick Henry, John Hancock and Richard Henry Lee. 

5. Name the last battle of the War of 1812, and name the general commanding on 

either side ? 

6. Give an account of the capture of the city of Mexico during the Mexican war. 

7. State facts about Roger B. Taney and Edward Everett. 

8. Who invented the following : The sewing machine ? The reaper ? The cotton 

gin ? The telegraph ? 

2d and 3rd Grades, - - - - August 19, 1890. 

Each of the following questions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 

1. What war gave Canada to England ? 

2. Name two battles of the Revolution which were fought before the Declaration of 

Independence. 

3. Name three patriot generals and three British generals of the Revolutionary War. 

4. State facts as to the cotton gin. 

5. State briefly the causes of the Mexican War. 

6. Name five Presidents who each held office for two terms. 

7. Name five States which have been admitted to the Union since the Civil War. 

8. Give two causes for the immense emigration to America. 

1st Grade, ...... August 20, 1890. 

1. Give a brief statement of the causes which led to the American Revolution. 10 

2. Name the two great political parties at the close of Washington's administration, 

and mention one great leader in each. 10 

3. Give an account of the Battle of Lake Erie. 10 

4. State facts as to the construction of the Erie Canal. 10 

5. Under what circumstances was gold first discovered in California ? Give approxi- 

mate date. 10 

6. What was (a) the " Fugitive Slave Law " ? (&) The " Dred Scott Decision " ? 10 

7. Mention three great naval battles of the Civil War. 10 

8. Who was Lincoln's Secretary of State ? His first Secretary of the Treasury ? 

His last Secretary of War. 10 

9. Name five great inventions of the present century, with names of the inventors. 

(American.) 10 

10. Name five of the former Governors of this State. 10 

50 



State of New York. 
department of public in8trvgti0n. 

AMERICAN HISTORY.— Answers 
2d and 3rd Grades, . . . - _ April 5, 1890. 

1. Answers may differ. 

2. Upon the restoration of the peace between England and Holland, Dutch rule in the 

colonies ended. 

3. Answers may differ. 

4. Stamps must be purchased of the British government, and be placed on all legal 

documents, newspapers and pamphlets, 

5. Answers may differ. 

6. Answers may differ. 

7. France. Spain. Mexico. Russia. 

8. Answers may differ. 

2d and 3rd Grades, ----- May 3, 1890. 

1. Answers may differ. 

2. A Jesuit priest who sailed down the Mississippi river, and named Louisiana. 

A Baptist minister who founded Rhode Island. 

3. Companies of soldiers ready to march at a minute's notice. 

4. Answers may differ. 

5. New Orleans. General Jackson commanded the American forces, and Packenham 

the British. 

6. Answers may differ. 

7. Answers may differ. 

8. Elias Howe, McCormick, Whitney, Morse; 

2d and 3rd Grades, ----- August 19, 1890. 

1. The French and Indian war. 

2. Answers may differ. 

3. Answers may differ. 

4. Answers may differ. 

5. The annexation of Texas and a dispute about the boundary line between Texas and 

Mexico. 

6. Answers may differ. 

7. Answers may differ. 

8. Answers may differ, 

1st Grade, ------ August 20, 1890. 

1 . Answers may differ. 

2. Federalist and Anti-Federalist. Answers to the last half may differ. 

3. Answers may differ. 

4. Answers may differ, 

5. A workman while digging a mill-race in the Sacramento valley discovered particles 

of gold. 1848. 

6. («) A bill providing for the return of slaves to their owners, (b) The Supreme Court 

decided that slave-owners might take their slaves into any State of the Union 
without forfeiting the right to their property. 

7. Answers may differ. 

8. Seward. Chase. Stanton. 

9. Answers may differ. 
10. Answers may differ. 

51 



State of New York. 
uniform examination questions, 

AMERICAN HISTORY. 
2(i and 3rd Grades, , . . September 6, 1890, 

Each of the following qaestionB has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 

1. State facts as to the Cabots and their discoveries. 

2. Give some account of a naval battle of the Revolution. 

3. Give a brief account of the founding of Harvard College. 

4. State facts as to the first steamboat on the Hudson. 

5. Who established the Smithsonian Institution? Where Is It located? 

6. During whose administration did secession commence? la what year? 

7. State facts as to Stonewall Jackson. Joseph Hooker. 

8. Mention two great railroads which have been completed since the close of the Civil 

War. 

2d and 3rd Grades, . . _ . . October 4, 1890. 

Each of the following questions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 

1. State a historical fact connected with the name of Walter Raleigh. Of Daniel 

Boone. 

2. Name a great restriction which the English government placed upon the commerce 

of the American colonies. 

3. Mention two permanent English settlements made in America near the beginning 

of the seventeenth century. 

4. By whom and under what circumstances were those famous words, " Don't give 

up the ship," uttered? 

5. For what is Valley Forge memorable? 

6. Slate facts as to the military career, and the administration of Andrew Jackson. 

7. Who invented the electric telegraph? Where was the first telegraph line built? 

8. Give a brief account of the first battle of Bull Run. 

2d and 3rd Grades, ----- November 1, 1890. 

Each of the following questions has twelve and one-harf credits assigned to It. 

1. What historic event is suggested by the name of Braddock ? Of John Brown ? 

2. Tell the story of Major Andre. 

3. State how the United States Government acquired Florida. 

4. Mention the most important military event associated with each of the following : 

Meade, Sherman, Sheridan. 

5. What is the Monroe Doctrine ? 

6. Name two great poets, two historians, and two great novelists of America, living or] 

deceased; 

7. What people gave the statue of " Liberty Enlightening the World " to America ?] 

Who designed the statue ? Where is it located ? 

8. Name and locate two great colleges for the education of women alone, 

2d and 3rd Grades, . , . . - January 17, 1891.] 

Each of the following qniestions has twelve-and one-half credits assigned to it. 

1. What Europeans made the first permanent settlement in Virginia ? 

2. For what were Fathers Marquette and La Salle noted ? 

3. Upon what did the Dutch base their claim to what is now New York ? 

4. When, where and by what body of men was the Declaration of Independence 

signed ? 

5. Where and when was the Constitution of the United States adopted ? 

6. What territory was purchased by the United States during Jefferson's administra- • 

tion ? From what nation ? 

7. Mention three important events of Buchanan's administration. 

8. Name five States which attempted to secede from the Union. 

52 



State of New York. 
department of public insibuction 

AMERICAN HISTORY.— Answers. 
2d and 3rd Grades, .... September 6, 1890. 

1. Answers may differ. 

2. Answers may differ. 

3. Answers may differ. 

4. Answers may differ. 

5. Jolin Smitlison, an Englishman, at Washington. 

6. Buchanan's. 1860. 

7. Answers may differ. 

8. Answers may differ. 

2d and 3rd Grades, October 4, 1890. 

1. Answers may differ. 

2. The navigation acts. 

3. Jamestown. Plymouth. 

4. Capt. James Lawrence, after he was mortally wounded in the battle between the 

Chesapeake and Shannon, during the war of 1812. 

5. For the terrible sufferings of the soldiers of the American army. 
G. Answers may differ. 

7. Prof. Morse. From Baltimore to Washington. 

8. Answers may differ. 

2d and 3rd Grades, ----- November 1, 1890. 

1. His defeat during the French and Indian war. His attack on Harper's Ferry. 

2. Answers may differ. 

3. By purchase from Spain in 1319. 

4. Battle of Gettysburg. His march to the sea. Battle of Winchester. 

5. That the American continents were henceforth not to be considered as subjects for 

future colonization by any European power. 

6. Answers may differ. 

7. The people of France. Bartholdi. New York harbor. 

8. Answers may differ. 

2d and 3rd Grades, - - - - - January 17j 1891. 

\. The English. 

2. For their discoYcries along the Lakes and the Mississippi River, and for their mis- 

sionary zeal. 

3. Upon the discovery by Hudson. 

4. 1776, Philadelphia, The Continental Congress. 

5. In Philadelphia. 1787. 

6. Louisiana. From France, 

7. Answers may differ. 

8. Any five of the following: Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, Missis- 

sippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas and Virginia. 

53 



State of New York. 
uniform examination questions. 

AMERICAN HISTORY. 
2d and 3rd Grades, . . - - February 14, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 

1 Name and locate two important Spanish settlements within the present limits of the 
United States. 

2. What European first discovered the Hudson Elver ? Lake Champlain ? 

3. What was the principal cause of the American Revolution ? 

4. What were the results of the operation of the Articles of Confederation? 

5. What was the most important event of Madison's administration ? 

6. Name four generals who became Presidents during the period between the adoption 

of the Constitution, and the Civil War. 

7. What great national celebration took place during President Grant's term of office ? 

8. From what place did Sherman start on his march to the sea? Where did hf strike 

the coast ? 

2d and 3rd Grades, - ... - March 3, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 

1. What was the general character of the first European settlers in Virginia ? 

2. Name two great Spanish explorers who visited America but made no settlements. 

3. Name and locate two of the most important Dutch settlements in this State. 

4. Sketch briefly the battle of Lexington. 

5. What led to the adoption of the Constitution of the United States ? 

6. Name the first three Presidents, giving length of each one's term of office. 

7. What was the Gadsden purchase ? 

8. Give a brief account of the capture of Fort Sumter io 1861, 

1st Grade, __...- March 4, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 

1. For what was Hudson seeking when he made the discovery of what is now New 

York. 

2. What generals commanded the American forces at Bunker Hill ? At Trenton? At 

Oriskany ? At Saratoga ? At Yorktown V 

3. Which battle is recognized as the most decisive of the Revolution ? Why ? 

4. What were the two essential provisions of the Missouri Compromise ? 

5. State how negro slavery was introduced into America and how it was abolished. 

6. For what were the following respectively noted : Calhoun? Webster? Jefferson? 

7. Name three of the most prominent Confederate generals, and mention a battle in 

which each commanded. 

8. Name two great American writers who have died within the past decade, and state' 

what field of literature each occupied. 

9. What Presidents of the United States died in office ? Name the Vice-Presidents 

who became presidents. 

10. Name the Indian tribes of the Six Nations. 

54 



State of New York. 

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC IKS T RU G T I N. 

AMERICAN HISTORY.— Answers. 
2d and 3rd Grades, .... February 14, 1891. 

1. St. Augustine in Florida, and Santa Fe in New Mexico. 

2. Henry Hudson. Champlain. 

3. Taxation without representation. 

4. Inefficiency of government. It was found that Congress could legislate but not 

enforce laws; for instance, it could vote to raise taxes, but could not collect thom. 

5. The War of 1812. 

6. Washington, Jackson, Harrison and Taylor. 

7. The Centennial Exposition, at Philadelphia, in 1876. 

8. From Atlanta. At Savannah. 



2d and 3rd Grades, - . . . . March 3, 1891. 

1. They were mostly gentlemen by birth and unused to manual labor. They were in 

search of wealth and adventure. 
2„ Any two of the following; Ponce de Leon, Balboa, Cortez, Narvaez, De Soto. 

3. New Amsterdam where New York is, and Fort Orange where Albany now is. 

4. Answers may differ. 

5. The weakness of the government under the Articles of Confederation, and general 

dissatisfaction with the government's workings. 

6. Washington, eight years. Adams, four years. Jefferson, eight years. 

7. Territory south of the Gila river, purchased from Mexico through the agency of 

General James Gadsden. 

8. Answers may differ. 

1st Grade, ^ March 4, 1891. 

1. To find a shorter route to the East Indies. 

2. Warren. Washington. Herkimer. Gates. Washington. 

3. Saratoga. An important division of the British army was captured ; the confidence 

of the American people was strengthened ; foreign nations began to sympathize 
with the Americans, etc. 

4. Missouri was to be admitted as a slave state, and slavery was to be forever prohibited 

in all other territory west of the Mississippi river and north of the parallel 36° 30'. 

5. In 1619 the captain of a Dutch trading vessel sold twenty negroes to the planters in 

"Virginia, thus introducing slavery. It was abolished by the Emancipation Proc- 
lamation in 1863, and by the Thirteenth Amendment to the Constitution. 

6. Answers may differ. 

7. Answers may differ. 

8. Answers may differ. 

9. Harrison, Taylor, Lincoln and Garfield. Tyler, Fillmore, Johnson and Arthur. 
10. Mohawks, Oneidas, Onondagas, Cayugas, Senecas and Tuscaroras. 

55 



State of New York. 
uniform ex amination questions. 

AMERICAN HISTORy. 
2d and 3rd Grades, ..... April 4, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 

1. State facts as to James Ogletliorpe and Cecil Calvert. 

2. Who were the Patroons? 

3. What and when was Burgoyne's invasion ? 

4. Name two battles which first brought General Grant into prominence. 

5. Give a brief account of the surrender of Lee's army. 

6. During what years was Grant the president of the United States ? 

7. Give the approximate population of the United States in 1880, and in 1890. 

8. MentioQ three eminent American scientists and state for what each is notedt 



2d and 3rd Grades, ----- May 2, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it 

1 Upon what did England rest her claim to what is now New York? 

2. Explain how this State came to be first called New Amsterdam and afterward New 

York. 
. 3. What great territory was purchased during Monroe's administration? From what 

power or nation ? 

4. What was the South Carolina " Nullification Ordinance?" 

5. What was the Emancipation Proclamation ? When and by whom was it issued ? 

6. State when, how, and by whom Vicksburg was captured. 

7. For what are the following names famous: Whittier? Hawthorne? Motley? 

8. Give a brief account of the Centennial Celebration of Washington's Inauguration. 

2d and 3rd Grades, ..... June 13, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 

1. State some facts as to the natives which the English found in Virginia. 

2. Mention two important discoveries made by Henry Hudson in America, 

3. Name two of the Dutch governors of New Amsterdam and one English governor of 

New York. 

4. State where and how Burgoyne's invasion was checked. 

5. State two causes of the war of 1812. 

6. W^hat and where was the first battle between iron-clads ? 

7. By whom was the first Atlantic cable projected ? 

8. State facts as to Stephen A. Douglas and Alexander H. Stephens. 

36 



State of New York. 
department of public instruction. 



AMERICAN HISTORY.— Answers." 

2d and 3rd Grades, . . _ . _ April 4, 1891. 

' 1. Oglethorpe was granted, " in trust for tbe poor," a tract of land which in honor of 
the king he called Georgia. He founded there a refuge for burdened debtors. 
Calvert obtained a tract of land in America to be used as a refuge for the perse- 
cuted Catholics. It was afterward called Maryland. 

2. Persons who planted colonies in New York, having bought the land of the Indians. 

This land should descend to their heirs forever. 

3. An English army nnder Burgoyne marched south from Canada iu 1777, reaching 

Saratoga where it was defeated and captured by the Americans under Gates. 

4. Forts Henry and Donelson, and Shiloh. 
3. Answers may differ. 

6. From March 4, 1869, to March 4, 1877. 

7. 50,000,000 iu 1880. 63,000,000 in 1890. 

8. Answers may difEer. 

2d and 3rd Grades, ----- May 2, 1891. 

1. Upon the early discoveries by the Cabots and others. * 

2. The early Dutch 'settlers, who first held it, called it New Amsterdam. When it 

went into the hands of the English it was called New York. 

3. Florida. From Spain. 

4. South Carolina, in 1832, passed a " Nullification Ordinance " declaring the tariff null 

and void, and threatened to secede if force should be employed to collect revenue 
at Charleston. 

5. A proclamation, freeing all slaves where the people were still in rebeilion, issued 

by President Lincoln in 1863. 

6. In 1863, after a long siege, by the Union forces under Grant. 

7. A great American poet. A great novelist. A celebrated historian. 

8. Answers may differ. 

2d and 3rd Grades, . , . . June 13, 1891. 

1. Answers may differ. 

2. The Hudson river and Hudson bay. 

3. For Dutch governors any two of the following: Minuit, Von Twiller, Kieft, Stuy- 

vesant. For English, Andros, Sloughter or Dongan. 

4. At Saratoga by the American army under General Gates. 

5. Impressment of American seamen and the destruction of American commerce by the 

English. 

6. The battle between the Monitor and Merrimac, in Hampton Roads. 

7. Cyrus W. Field. 

8. Answers may differ, 

57 



State of New York. 
unifoem examina tion questions. 

ARITHMETIC. 
2d and 3rd Grades, .... - April 5, 1890» 

1. Define («) multiplication ; (ft) factors ; (c) square root. 10 

2. Reduce 8.75 sq. ch. to the fraction of an acre. 10 

3. Divide the product of fifteen-hundredths and seventy-§ix ten-thousandths by one 

hundred fourteen millionths. 10 

4. Find the prime factors and all the integral exact divisors of 385. 10 

5. A farmer drew to market three loads of wheat weighing, respectively, 2,375 

pounds, 2,813 pounds, and 2,629 pounds, and sold the same for 92 cents per 
bushel. How much should he receive '? 10 

6. The assets of an insolvent firm, after paying all expenses, are $5,922.56, and 

their liabilities are $16,921.60. How much will the creditors receive on a 
dollar V 10 

7. A grocer sells beans at 10 cents a quart, and gains 33^ per cent on the cost. How 

much did he pay per bushel '? 10 

8. What yearly income will $2,267.50 produce when invested in U. S. 4's at 113:^, 

brokerage, J % ? 10 

9. A note for $750 and interest at 6 per cent was given April 23, 1889, and a payment 

of $25 was made January 25, 1890. Find the amount due thereon to-day. 10 

10. Make and solve a problem illustrating the mensuration of trapezoids. 10 

2d and 3rd Grades, .... - May 3, 1890. 

1. Write, with proper symbols or abbreviations, (a) twelve cords; (h) fifteen acres, 

seven square chains, two hundred square links; [c) eighty six and four-fifths 
per cent; {d) eighteen degrees, forty minutes, twelve seconds; {e) the square 
root of sixty-four equals the third power of two. 10 

2. 7 ch. 35 1. equal how many rods, feet and inches? 10 

3. Multiply .385 by .6025, to the product add 32, and divide the sum by .8. 10 

4. C and D together have $1,375.95, but D has 14 times as much as C. How much 

money has each ? 10 

5. Find the ratio of 8 bushels to 5 quarts. 10 

6. A school register shows an attendance for one week, as follows : Monday, 131; 

Tuesday, 127; Wedne.sday, 133; Thursday, 122; Friday, 129. Find the average 
daily attendance for the week. 10 

7. Bought goods billed at $863.25, 10 J? and 5 ^ off. How much shall I remit in 

payment ? 10 

8. A custom miller retains 2 quarts from each bushel of wheat as toll for grinding. 

What per cent of the grist should be returned to a customer? 10 

9. Make and solve a problem in which the principal, interest and time are given to 

find the rate per annum, using 2 yr. 7 mo. for the time. 10 

10. The area of a board is 13^^^ square feet, and the ends are 10 inches and 13 inches 

wide, respectively. Find the length of the board. 10 

2d and 3rd Grades, . _ . . . August 19, 1890. 

In the solution of problems, everj' process must be indicated. Mere answers will not be accepted. 

1. Define {a) iiniform scale; (b) arithmetic. 10 

2. Of two different fractions having a common fractional unit, which is greater? 

Why ? 10 

3. Express by commoi fraction in its lowest terms, by a decimal, and with the sign 

of per cent, each of the following: {a) five-eighths of one per cent; (p) five-eighths. 10 

4. Find the number of minutes in the first three months of the present year. 10 

5. How many rails each 30 feet in length will be i-equired for 5 miles of a single 

track railroad? 10 

6. Find the cost of one dozen silver tablespoons each weighing 1 oz. 8 pwt. 5 gr., at 

$1.20 per ounce. 10 

7. At $4.25 per C, how many fork handles can be bought for $153? 10 

8. Make and solve a problem iilustrating the application of percentage to insurance. 10 

9. Find the proceeds ot a note given for three months in the principal sum of $230 

without interest, discounted at the First National Bank of Syracuse, N. Y., on 
the day it was made. 10 

10. A rectangular field is 208 rods long and 52 rods wide. Find the length of one side 

of a square field containing an equal area, 10 

58 



State of New York. 
department of public instruction. 

ARITHMETIC— Answers. 
2d and 3rd Grades, - - _ _ . April 5, 1890. 

1. (n) Multiplication is the process of taking one of two given numbers as many 

times as there are units in the other. (6) Factors are numbers which multi- 
plied together will produce a given number. {<:) The square root of a number 
is one of the two equal factors that produce that number. 

2. I A. 

3. 10. 

4. The prime factors are 5, 7 and 11. The exact divisors are 5, 7. 11, 35, 55, 77 and 385. 

5. $119.86. 

6. 35 cents. 

7. $2.40. 

8. $80. 

9. $767.75. 

10. Answers will vary. 

2d and 3rd Grades, ..... jyiay 3, 1890. 

1. {a) 12 cd. {h) 15 A. 7 sq. ch. 200 sq. 1. (c) 86| %, or .86|. {d) 18° 40' 12". 

{c) Vol = 23. 

2. 29 rd. 6 ft. 1\ in. 

3. 40.289953125. 

4. C has $550.38, and D has $825.57. 

5. 51f 

6. 128f. 

7. $738.08. 

8. 93f per cent. 

9. Answers will vary, 
10. 14 feet. 



2d and 3rd Grades, August 19, 1890. 

1. {a) A scale in which numbers measuring the steps from one unit to another are the 
same. (6) Arithmetic is the science of numbers and the art of computation. 

8. The one having the greater numerator. Because the units are the same, and the 
greater numerator indicates that more of them are taken. 

3. {a)^l^; .00625; f ^; (6) f; .625; 62^^. 

4. 129,600 minutes. 

5. 1,760. 

6. $20.31. 

7. 3,600. 

8. Answers will vary 

9. $226.43. 

10. 104 rods. 

59 



State of New York. 

UNIFORM hXAMlNATION QUESTIONS. 



ARITHMETIC. 
1st Grade. ..-.-- August 19, 1890. 

lu the solution of problems, every process must be indicated. Mere answers will not be accepted. 

1. Write in the Arabic notatiou four hundred ninety-thousandths. Write in words 

.QA%; 3,400.0006. 10 

2. City lots two hundred feet deep sell for $65 a front foot {i. e. , each foot in length 

along the front of the lot). Required the rate per acre. 10 

3. The railroad distance from A to B is 11^^ miles; from A to C is 22J miles; and 

from C to D, 9j\ miles. Find the distance from B to D, A being the first 
station in order, and D the last. 10 

4. Find the cost per bushel of ground feed the ingredients of which are 60 bushels 

of corn at 55(#, 90 bushels of oats at 325#, and 25 bushels of rye at 64^, the 
cost of grinding being $6.20. 10 

5. If I rent a house which cost me $7,800 for $800 per year, and pay annually for 

taxes $91.25 and for repairs $84.75, what per cent per annum does my invest- 
ment produce ? 10 

6. The list price of a piano is $720, and commercial or trade discounts of 85^ and 

20$^ are allowed. Find the net price. 10 

7. Find the exact interest (365 days to the year) on $200 from Apr. 16, 1890, to 

July 3, 1890, at 6 per cent per annum. 10 

8. A purchased a lot in Watertown, South Dakota, for $2,500, and after holding 

it six months sold it for $6,300. Allowing interest on the investment at 8 per 
cent per annum, and $315 commissions to agents, what was his net gain per cent ? 10 

9. Three men take a field of grain to harvest and thresh for one-fourth of the crop. 

A furnishes 5 men, 4 days; B 7 men, 4 days; and C 8 men, 3 days. If their 
share of the crop sells for $162, what is the amount each should receive? 10 

10. A building 24 feet wide has the ridge of the roof 8 feet above the plates, and 

the rafters project 20 inches. Required the length of a rafter. 10 

2cl and 3d Grades, . . . . - September 6, 1890. 

In the solution of problems, every process must be indicated. Mere answers will not be accepted. 

1. Define {a) numeration ; (b) improper fraction. (10) 

2. Using the sign of per cent, express the following values : Seven-eighths ; three 

and three-fifths; four-tenths; seven thousandths; twenty-four. (10) 

3. Reduce 260 A. 110 sq. rd. to the decimal of a square mile. (Correct to 4 decimal 

places.) (10) 

4. Find (a) the difference in time between Nov. 29, 1865, and to-day; {b) the 

number of days from to-day to the 25th day of December next. (10) 

5. Disimguishhetween an aliquot part and a. factor. Illustrate by an example. (10) 

6. Vienna is in longitude 16° 15' east, and Chicago in longitude 87^" 40' west. 

Find the difference in time between these places. (10) 

7. Find the cost of 1,715 feet of pine lumber at $28.50 per M. and 2,350 lath at 

18^ per C. (10) 

8. Make and solve a problem illustrating the application of percentage in Com- 

mission or Brokerage. (10) 

9. The principal is $870.64, the interest, $88.03, and the time, 1 yr. 6 mo. 20 da. 

Find the rate per cent per annum. (10) 

10. A pile of four-foot wood is 50 ft. 8 in. long, and 6 ft. 9 in. high. How many 

cords does it contain ? (10) 

2d and 3d Grades, - . . . October 4, 1890. 

1. Define (a) multiple ; (5) root. (10) 

2. Of two different fractions having equal numerators, which expresses the less 

value? Why? (10) 

3. Write in words the value of a number composed of 6 units of the 7th order, 

9 units of the 4th order, and 3 units of the 2d order. (10) 

4. D bought a piece of land 80 rods long and 60 wide for $200 per acre. He 

divided it into building lots, each containing one-fourth of an acre, and sold 
them for $150 each. Find his gross gain. (10) 

60 



State of New York. 
derartjient f p u b li c i n st ru c t i on. 

ARITHMETIC— Answers. 
1st Grade, --.-.. August 19, 1890. 

1. -s^olj-ff' Four hundredths per cent, or four hundredths of one per cent. Three 

thousand four hundred, and sis ten-thousandths. 

2. $14,157. 

3. 20|| miles. 

4. 48 cents per bushel. 

5. 8^. 

6. $374.40. 

7. $2.50. 

8. 135f^. 

9. A should receive $45; B, $63; and C, $54. 
10. 16 ft. 1 + in. 



2d and 3d trades, . . . - . September 6, 1890. 

1. {a) Numeration is a method of reading numbers expressed by characters. (&) An 

improper fraction is a fraction whose numerator equals or exceeds its denomi- 
nator, and whose value is never less than 1. 

2. 87i^. 360;^. i%. .1%, or ^i. 3,400$g. 

3. .4078+ sq. mi. 

4. (a) 24 yr. 9 mo. 7 da. qS) 110 days. 

5. An aliquot part may be either integral or mixed, but must always be of the same 

kind or unit as the number itself. A factor is not necessarily of the same kind 
or unit as the number. Illustrations will vary. 

6. 6 hr. 55 min. 40 sec. 

7. $53.11. 

8. Answers will vary. 

9. %\fo. 

10. 10-j-i cords. 

2d and 3d Grades, ... . October 4, 1890. 

1. {a) A multiple of a number is a number exactly divisible by the given number. 

(5) A root is one of the equal factors that produce a power. 
3. The fraction having the greater denominator. Because the greater denominator 

indicates smaller fractional units, and the same number of units aje indicated by 

each fraction. 

3. Six million nine thousand thirty. 

4. $12,000 gain. 



State of New York. 
uniform examination questions. 

ARITHMETIC. 

2d and 3d Grades, - - - - October 4, 1890. 

5. 45 bu. 3 pk. 6 qt. is what fractional part of 100 bu? (10) 

6. A farmer paid $30.53 for 1,650 pounds of fertilizer. Find the price per ton. (10) 

7. B is assessed $13,000 on real estate and $5,200 for personal property. A school- 

house is built in the district in which he resides at a cost of $2,800 What 
will be his share of the tax if the total assessment of the district is $786,800? (10) 

8. Find the present worth of $625 due in 5 mo. 15 da., money being worth Qfo 

per annum. (10) 

9. A tank 4 ft. by 4 ft. by 6 ft. 3 in. , inside measurement, holds how many barrels 

of water? (10) 

10. The factors of a number are 3, 5 and 7. Determine by inspection the factors 
of its second power. Give reason for your answer. (10) 

2d and 3d Grades, - - - - November 1, 1890. 

Each of the following qneBtions has ten credits assigned to it. 

1. Define {a) exact divisor; {b) composite number. 

2. Classify the following fractions as proper or improper, and give reason for the 

claesification: If ; -fl ; -J|. 

3. («) Using proper abbreviations, write thirty-five acres, forty-two square chains, sixty 

square links, {b) Write in Arabic notation twenty-six million ninety-two 

4. Reduce 894 pounds of wheat {a) to bushels, pecks, and quarts ; (b) to bushels. 

5. 8 lir. 18 min. 45 sec. is what decimal of a day ? (Correct to five decimal places.) 

6. Find the cost of 8 T. 14 cwt. 56 lb. of hay, at $8.50 per ton. 

7. At $1.20 per yard, what will be the cost of a carpet for a flight of 18 steps each 7^ 

inches high and 101 inches wide ? 

8. A carpet dealer sold a rug for $25, and gamed 33^ per cent on its cost. How 

much did the rug cost him ? 

9. Find the value to-day of a note for $108 and interest, given in this State, October 

11, 1888. 
10. Find how many shingles will be required to cover a roof 32 feet long and 16 feet 
wide on each of its two sides, allowing the shingles to be 4 inches wide and to 
be laid A^ inches to the weather 

2d and 3d Grades, ----- January 17, 1891. 

Each of the following qnestiona has ten credits assigned to it. 

1. Write in the Arabic notation {a) nine hundred twelve ten-thousandths; {a) a number 

containing seven units of the second decimal order and four of the fifth; (c) write 
in Avords the decimal required in b. 

2. {a) Write an improper fraction whose denominator shall be 23, and reduce it to un 

integer; {b) reduce G qt. to the fraction of a bushel. 

3. Find the prime factors of 350, 175, and 150, and fron\ these prime factors find the 

least common multiple of the given numbers. 

4. 5 yd. 8 in. is what fraction of 3 rods? 

5. A cabinet-maker paid $27.27 for 487 feet of walnut lumber. Required the price 

per M. 

6. A has 245 head of cattle, and B has 175 head. («) What fractional part of the 

whole number has A? {b) What per cent of the whole number has B? 

7. In the proportion 31 :42:: ? :29.4 days, find the missing term. 

8. Find the interest on $1 for 2 yr. 5 mo. 14 da. at 5 per cent per unnuni. (Complete 

answer required.) 

9. If a dealer buy a lot of text-books billed at $85.40, 25^ oil, terms 5 per eent dis- 

count lor cash, how much ready money will pay the bill ? 
10. A wood rack is 8 feet long and 3 ft. 4 in. wide. How hiach must it be to iiold one 
cord? 

62 



State of New York. 
department of public instbuc tion. 

ARITHMETIC — Answers. 
2d and 3d Grades, - • - - - - October 4, 1890. 

K 147 

5. 3TJ"0"' 

6. $37 per ton. 

7. $64.77. 

8. $608.27. 

9. 23.747+ barrels. 

10. The second power of any number is the product of the number taken twice as a 
factor, and if the number is taken twice as a factor, every factor the number 
contains must also be found twice in the second power. Hence the factors of 
the power required are 3, 3, 5, 5, 7, 7. 

2d and 3d Grades, - - November 1, 1890. 

1. {a) An exact divisor of a number is one that gives an integral quotient, (ft) A com 

posite number is one that can be separated into two or more integral factors 
other than itself and unity. 

2. |-| is an improper fraction. Its value is greater than 1. 
-j-|- is an improper fraction. Its value is 1. 

^ is a proper fraction. Its value is less than 1. 

3. {a) 35 A., 42 sq. ch., 60 sq. 1. {h) 26,000,092. 

4. (a) 14 bu., 3 pks., 4| qts. (b) 14.9 bu. 

5. .34635 + da. 

6. $74.19. 

7. $10.80. 

8. $18.75. 

9. $121.82. 

10. 8,192 shingles. 



2d and 3d Grades, - - . . . January 17, 1891. 

1. {a) .0912; {b) .07004; {c) seven thousand four hundred-thousandths. 

2. (a) (Ex. -^figl; IGl -^-23 = 7) (5) ^^ bu. 

3. 850 = 2x5x5x7; 175 = 5x5x7; 150=-2 x 3 x 5 x 5; 2 x3 x5 x5 x7— 1050, L. C. M. 
4 94 

5. $56 per M. 

6. (a) -J^. (J) Alii. 

7. 21.7 days. 

8. $.122|. 

9. $60.85. 

10. 4.8ft., or 4 ft. 9|.in. 



63 



State of New York. 

UNIFORM EXAMINATION QUESTIONS, 



ARITHMETIC. 

2d and 3rd Grades, - - February 14, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 

1. Write the abbreviations or conventions used respectively {a) for miles, rods, yards, 

feet, and inches; (5) for per cent; (c) for ratio ; (d) for degrees; (e) for links. 

2. If a carpenter can earn $66 in 24 days, how much can he earn in 16^ days, at the 

same rate? (Solve by cancellation.) 

3. Reduce (a) || barrels to quarts; (&) 8 bu. 3 pk. 6 qt. to bushels. 

4. Divide 816 into three parts that shall be in the ratio of 2, 4, and 11. 

5. In an examination, twenty questions were submitted in each subject, and a candi- 

date answered correctly 18 questions in Physiology, 12 in Drawing, 16 in Civil 
Government, 13 in American History, and 19 in Current Topics. Find the average 
per cent passed in these subjects. 

6. A block of granite is 5 ft. 9 in. by 4 ft. 3 in. by 3 ft. 8 in. Required its cost at $3.15 

per cubic yard. 

7. If the selling price of a sevring machine is $40, and its cost, $24, what is the per 

cent of profit to the dealer ? 

8. What were the net proceeds of a sale of 44 shares D. L. «fc W. R. R. stock at 

113J, brokerage § per cent ? 

9. $200. • Newburgh, N. Y., Dec. 16, 1890. 

Three months after date, I promise to pay to the order of Alvin Clark, 
two hundred dollars, at the First National Bank of Newburgh. Value received. 

EDWARD FISH. 

The above note was discounted at date. Find (a) the date of maturity; (&) the term 
of discount; (c) the proceeds. 

10. A debt of $500 is due in 8 months. Find the true discount at 6 per cent per annum. 

2d and 3rd Grades, .... - March 3, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 

1. Write in Arabic notation {a) five thousand and thirteen-thousandths; (6) four hun- 

dred four and four hundredths; (c) three hundred and eleven thirty -ninths. 

2. Reduce ff to a fraction whose denominator is {a) 270; (b) 15. 

3. Find the smallest sum of money that can be made up of either 2-cent pieces, or 8- 

cent pieces, or dimes, or quarter dollars, or half dollars. 

4. 3 ft. 6 in. is what per cent of 8 ft. 4 in.? 

5. A merchant sold a lot of crockery for $25.97 at a loss of 7^ per cent on its cost. 

What did the crockery cost him? 

6. If a man gained $123.25 by selling Georgia bonds for 103^ that cost him 96, what 

■was the par value of the bonds ? 

7. Find tlie exact interest on $1,250 for 55 days, at 4 per cent per annum. 

8. $28 per month equals the income of what sum invested in 7 per cent bonds at par? 

9. The base of a right-angled triangle is 18 feet and the hypothenuse is 82 feet. Find 

the perpendicular. 
10. Add f yd., | ft., and 10 in. 

1st Grade, March 3, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 

1. Write in figures and in words a number containing eight units of the eighth order, 

seven units of the seventh order, five units of the fifth order, and two units of the 
second order. 

2. Reduce {a) ^^kVi to lowest terms; (6) f^ to a decimal; (c) .056| to a common fraction. 

3. A man purchased two adjoining pieces of land containing respectively 40 A. 50 sq. 

rd., and 110 A. 10 sq. rd. He sold from this tract 22| A. and 59.315 A. How 
much of the land had he remainin;^ ? 

64 



State of New York. 
department of publl g instrugtion, 



ARITHMETIC— Answers. 
2d and 3rd Grades, . . . . February 14, 1891. 

1. {a) Mi. rd, yd. ft. in.; (&; %; (c) : (rf) ° (e) L 
11 



^ X — = ^ = $45,375. 
"4 

3. («) 91 quarts; (6) 8|f bushels. 

4. 96, 193, ajQd 528. 

5. 78 per cent. 

6. $10.25. 

7. 66f per cent. 

8. $4,977.50. 

9. (a) Mar. 19, 1891; (6) 3 mo. 3 da.; (c) $196.90. 
la $19.33. 



2d and 3rd Grades, - - - - - March 3, 1891. 

1. («) 5,000.013; (6) 404.04; (c) 300^- 
3. («) Hg; (&) ff. 

3. $1.50, 

4. 42 per cent. 

5. $28. 

6. $1,700. 

7. $7.53. 

8. $4,800. 

9. 80 feet. 

10. 3 ft. 9 in., or 11^ yards. 



1st Grade, .-.-... March 3, 1891, 

1. 87,050,030. Eighty-seven million fiity thousand twenty 

2. (a) ^. (6) .078125. (c) ^. 

3. 68.26 acres. 



65 



State of New York. 
unifomm examination questions. 

ARITHMETIC. 
1st Grade, ------ . March 3, 1891. 

4. Divide $870 among A, B and C so that B shall have $110 more than C, and A shall 

have $56 more than B. 

5. The longitude of Berlin is 13° 26' east, and the longitude of New York is 74° 1' 

west. When it is noon at Berlin, what is the local time in New York? 

6. An agent at an institute is allowed 40^ on subscriptions to papers and 25^ on sales 

of books. After deducting commissions, he returns to the house $16.50 for sub- 
scriptions taken, and $23.40 for books sold. Find the agent's commission. 

7. A jobber receives catalogues from two manufacturers, C and D, and finds that the 

list price of a certain machine is the same on each, but C offers a discount of 40^ 
to the trade, and D, 2>%\% and lOj^. How do their terms compare ? 

8. Find the exact interest on $270 from Aug. 25, 1890, till to-day, at 6^ per annum. 

9. Find the face of a note discounted at a New York bank at %%, term of discount 2 mo. 

18 da., proceeds $375.06. 

10. A piece of land in the form of a right-angled triangle contains 19| acres, and the alti- 
tude is 12 chains. Required the base of the triangle. 

2d and 3rd Grades, - - - - April 4, 1891. 

Bach of the following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 

1. Reduce 2 yr. 8 mo. 21 da. to years and decimals of a year. 

2. From 5 subtract .875, multiply the remainder by .0028, and divide the product by 

.0625. 

3. A merchant failed in business, and paid his creditors $6,910.56, leaving 55 per cent 

of his indebtedness unpaid. What was his total indebtedness ? 

4. A teacher invested $1,314.50 in United States \\ per cent bonds, at 119^. Required 

the annual income from the investment. 

5. Make and solve a problem in compound interest using 2 yr. 5 mo. for the time, 

interest compounded annually. 

6. Find the proceeds of a note for $210, given for three months, and discounted the day 

it was made, at a bank, at the rate of 5 per cent per annum. 

7. The diflFerence between the interest on $500 and on $650, for the same time, at 5 per 

cent per annum, is $18.75. Find the time. 

8. What is the value of a pile of 4 foot wood, 26 feet long, and 5 ft. 6 in. high, at $5 

per cord ? 

9. Find the loss on 25 shares of railroad stock purchased at 88|, and sold at 83^, broker- 

age \ per cent both for buying and selling. 
10. In computing partial payments by the Uuited States rule, how are payments less 
than the accrued interest disposed of? 

2d and 3rd Grades, . - - - - May 2, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 

1. Write in words (a) 600.016; (6) 6.16; (c) .616. 

2. Make and solve a problem illustrating the reduction of a compound number to the 

fraction of some higher denomination. 
8. If I burn 2,885 cubic feet of gas this month at $1.50 per thousand, and am allowed 
5 per cent discount for prompt payment, what will the gas for the month cost me? 

4. In the proportion 1 yd. 2 ft. 10 in. : ( — yd. — ft. — in.) : : 14 : 21, find the missing 

term. 

5. 64 bu. 8 pk. 5 qt. are what per cent of 973 bu. 2 pk. 3 qt.? 

6. An agent buys lumber at $15.85 per M,, and his commission at 2| per cent is $5.07^. 

How much lumber does he buy? 

66 



State of New York. 
department of public instrv ction. 



ARITHMETIC. — Answers. 
1st Grade, ....... March 3, 1891. 

4. A has $364; B, $308; and C, $198. 

5. 6 hr, 10 min. 12 sec, A. M. 

6. $18.80. 

7. The net price of the machine is the same in both catalogues. 

8. $8.43. 

9. $380. 

10. 31 ch. 87J 1. 



2d and 3rd Grades, . - •'<. -, - April 4, 1891. 

1. 2.725 years. 

2. .1848. 

3. $15,356.80. 

4. $49.50. 

5. Answers will differ. 

6. $207.29. 

7. 2 yr. 6 mo. 

8. $22.34. 

9. $137.50. 

10. They are added to the next payment, and the sum considered as one payment, if it 
equals the interest then accrued; if this sum does not equal the accrued interest, 
it is added to the next payment, and so on until the sum of the payments equals 
or exceeds the interest accrued upon the date of the last of said payments, 



2d and 3rd Grades, - . . . . May 2, 1891. 

1. {a) Six hundred and sixteen thousandths. (5) Six and sixteen hundreths. (c) Six 

hundred sixteen thousandths. 

2. Answers will differ. 

3. $4.11. 

4. 2 yd. 2 ft. 9 in. 

5. 6| per cent. ' ^ 

6. 12,800 feet. 



67 



State of New York. 
uni f ohm examina tion q uest10n8. 

ARITHMETIC. 
2d and 3rd Grades, . . - . . May 2, 1891. 

7. The princii5al is $240, the rate 6 per cent per annum, and the amount $346.80 Find 

the time. 

8. Extract the square root of 34.5, correct to two decimal places. 

9. Find the area of a triangle whose base is 20 ft. and altitude 23 ft. 

10. Find the prime factors of 154 and 560, and from the prime factors find the greatest 
common divisor of the two numbers. 

2d and 3rd Grades, .... - June 13, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 
1. Write in words {a) 1,030,400,012; (6) MCM; (c) 13° 14' 55". 

3. Reduce .8375 mi. to integers of lower denominations. 

8. A farmer paid $3.60 for 640 pounds of fertilizer. Required the price per ton. 

4. The interest on $450 for 8 mo. 24 da. is $26.40. Find by proportion the interest on 

$96 for 3 mo. 10 da., at the same rate per annum. 

5. By the census of 1890 a western city has a population of 13,644 which is an increase 

of 241xV per cent for the decade. Required the population by the census of 1880. 

6. In a co-operative fire insurance company the total of risks for 1890 was $816,350; 

the losses amounted to $3,040; and the running expenses were $225.40. Find the 
rate of insurance per $1,000 for the year. 

7. The rate per annum is 6 per cent, the time, 1 yr. 8' mo. 9 da., and the interest, $6.12. 

Required the principal. 

8. Find the true present worth to-day of $100 due 4 mo. 24 da. hence, discounted at the 

rate of 6 per cent per annum. 

9. In what time will a sum of money double itself, if invested in J3.^. A.\% bonds ? 

(Simple interest only.) 
10. How many square feet are there in a board 16 feet long, 11 inches wide at one end, 
and 14 inches wide at the other ? 



BOOK KEEPING. 
1st Grade, August 20, 1890. 

1. Define {a) account; (&) entry; (c) posting. (10) 

2. If an item is posted on the wrong side of a ledger account, how should the 

mistake be corrected? (10) 

3_4. {fl) What is a Bank Book ? (b) What is entered on the debit side ? (c) What 

on the credit side ? {d) By whom should the entries be made, and why ? (20) 

5. Write an interest-bearing note negotiable by endorsement only, transferred 
by the payee to Gilbert Hunt. 



68 



State of New York. 
department of public instruction. 



ARITHMETIC — Answers. 

2dand.3rd.Grad.es, _ . . . . May 2, 1891. 

7. 5 mo. 20 da. 

8. 5.87+ 

9. 230 square feet, 

10. 154=2X7X11 ; 560=2X2X2X2X5X7 ; tlie prime factors, common to both num- 
bers, are 2 and 7, Hence 2x7=14, the greatest common divisor of the given 
numbers. 

and 3rd Grades, ..... June 13, 1891. 

{a) One billion thirty million four hundred thousand twelve. (6) One thousand uioe 

hundred, (c) Thirteen degrees fourteen minutes fifty-five seconds. 
268 rods. 
$11.25. 

$450, 8 mo. 24 da. : $96, 3 mo. 10 a. : : $26.40 : ($2.13^). 
3,706. 



2d 

1. 

2. 
8. 

4. 
5. 
6. 
7. 
8. 
9. 
10. 



$97.66. 

22 1 years. 

16| square feet» 



BOOK KEEPING — Answers. 



1st Grade, 



August 20, 1890. 



1. (a) A written statement of debts and credits in a business transaction, (b) An entry is a 

record of a debit or credit, (c) The carrying an account or the items of an account from 
the book of original entry or the journal to the ledger. 

2. Enter the same amount on the opposite side of the account "To error" or "By error" as 

the entry is made on the debit or credit side, respectively, and then post the item on the 
proper side of the account. 

3-4. (a) A book given by banks to persons who deposit money on account with them. (J) All 
sums deposited, (c) All sums drawn out. {d) By the officials of the bank. In order 
that the book may be evidence against the bank by its own admission, as to the correct- 
ness of the accounts shown therein. 
5. ($.,..) (Place), Aug. 20, 1890. 

(Time), I promise to pay to the order of (payee) dollars, 

with interest, at the (place payable). Value received. 

(Signature of maker). 
The above note should be endorsed as follows : 





^ 


o 




u . 


^ 


0) -^^ 


S3 


■c a 


P. 


!:; ^ 


CM 


°m 


O 






o5 




Q 


t5 


SP 


>, 




d 


'M 


Oh 





69 



State of New York. 
ui^iform examination questions. 

BOOK KEEPING. 
1st Grade, ..--.- August 20, 1890. 

6. This day, Elmer and Rogers of Elmira, N. Y., sold to Henry Sill, as follows: 

16 yards of dress goods, at $1.65 a yard; 2 spools of sewing silk, at 8 cents 
a spool; 3dozen buttons, at 90 cents a dozen; a set of jet ornaments at $2.15; 
2i yards of lace, at $3.75 a yard. 
Make a bill of items, and receipt it for the firm. (10) 

7. Write proper abbreviations for freight, merchandise, ledger folio, bought, and 

shipment. (10) 

8-10. This day Arthur Stone & Co., of Buffalo, N. Y., sold Egbert Ellis on account, 
1,400 bushels of wheat, at 93 cents a bushel, receiving $500 in part payment 
of the same. They paid Howard Payne on account $100. 
Rule forms, and make the proper entries in the day-book, cash-book, and 
ledger of Arthur Stone & Co. (Single entry.) (30) 

1st Grade, --_-.-. March 4, 1891. 

Note. — Ten credits of the one hundred allotted to this paper will depend on the neatness of the 
work. Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 

1. Name («) the principal books of account used in single entry; (6) the three principal 

auxiliary books. 

2. Arrange the following names in alphabetical order as they should be placed in a 

ledger index: Archibald P. Smith; James M. Baxter; Samuel P. Gardiner; E. 
L. Dorchester. 

3. Albert Adams of Dunkirk, N. Y., to-day pays Paul Porter of the same place fifty 

dollars for rent of house for the months of January and February, 1891. Write 
a receipt setting forth the above facts. 

4r-5. Write a promissory note (a) dated the first day of February, 1891; (b) time, ninety 
days; (c) maker, Richard Wagner; {d) payee, Samuel P. Stone; (e) amount pay- 
able, $150; (/) negotiable by endorsement only; {g) payable at the First National 
Bank of Buffalo. 
Find the date of maturity of said note. 

6. Properly endorse the foregoing note to show receipt of payment of $85 made 
thereon to-day. 

7-9. Memoranda : December 5, 1890, Charles F. Case bought of Durston & Hayward 
of Utica, N. Y., on account, 20 barrels of apples at $3 per barrel, and 100 baskets 
of grapes at 60 cents per basket, on sixty days' credit. The day the account was 
due Mr. Case gave the firm his check in payment. 

(a) Rule forms of Day Book, Cash Book, and Ledger. 

(6) Make the necessary entries in the day book and cash book of Durston & 
Hayward to give a history of the foregoing memoranda. 

(c) Post account in Dur.ston & Hayward's ledger. 



70 



State of New York. 

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INS T It U C T I ON. 



BOOK KEEPING.— Answers. 



1st Grade, 

Mr. Henry Sill, 



August 20, 1890i 

Elmira, N. Y., Augi. 20, 1S90. 



£o'i of Elmer and Rogers, 

Itj yd. dress goods @ $1,65 $2(5 40 

2 spools sewing silk @ 8c 16 

3 doz. buttons @ 90c 2 70 

1 set jet ornaments 2 15 

214 yd. lace @ $3.75 8 44 



r. Fr't, Mdse., L. F., Bo't, Ship't. 



8-10. 



Received payment, 

ELMER AND ROGERS, 

per (name of candidate). 

Buffalo, N. Y., Augr. 20, 1890. 



^39 85 



(1) 
(1) 

(2) 



Egbert Ellis, 
To 1,400 bu. wheat. 



.@ 93c. 



Dr. 



By cash on account. 



Or. 



Howard Payne, 
To cash on account 



Dr. 



$1,302 
500 

100 



1. 

1890. 



Cash. 



Dr. 



Cr. 



Aug. 20. 



Received of Egbert Ellis on acct 
Paid Howai'd Payne on account. . 



100 



///•. 



Egbert Ellis. 



Cr. 



1890, 
Aug. 



20 



To wheat.... 



$1302 



Aug. 



20 



By cash 



Dr. 



HowAED Payne. 



Cr. 



1890. 
Aug. 



20 



To cash 



1 


$100 









71 



State of New York. 
uniform examina tion questions. 

BOOK KEEPING.— Answers. 

1st Grade, - - - - -• - - March 4, 1891. 

1. (a) Day Book, Ledger ; Q>) Cash Book, Bill Book, Sales Book. 

2. Baxter, James M. 
Dorchester, E. L. 
Gardiner, Samuel P. 
Smith, Archibald P. 

3. $50.00. Dunkirk, N. Y., Mar, 4, 1891. 

Received of Albert Adams fifty dollars for rent of house for months of Jan- 
uary and February, 1891. 

PAUL PORTER. 



4-5. $150.00. 



(a) 



February 1, 189! 



(b) Ninety days after date, I promise to pay (/) to the order of {d) Samuel P. 
Stone, {e) one hundred fifty dollars, {g) at the First National Bank of Buffalo 
N. Y. Value received. 

(c) RICHARD WAGNER. 
Maturity, May 5, 1891 



6. 


IB 

^ oo 

.2 "* 

■| i 

^^ 

"^ jo" 

a <» 
o ^ 

la 

0) o 

M « 

«f3 


' 








7-9. 










Pag 
D. 

7 


eof 
B. 


Utica, N. Y., December 5, 1890. 








9 44 


Charles F. Case, 


Dr. 








To 20 bar. Apples @ $3, 


60.00 








" 100 baskets grapes @ 60c. 


- 60.00 


120 






February 3 1891 








331 44 


Charles F. Case, 
By Check 


Cr. 


120 













72 



State of New York. 
department of public instruction. 



BOOK KEEPING.— Answers. 



1st Grade, 
1891. 



CASH. 



Dr. 



March 4, 1891. 
Cr. 



Feb. 



Received of Charles P. Case on account 



120 



CHARLES F. CASE. 



1890. 



1891. 



Dec. 



To Fruit 



79 



130 



Feb. 



3 By Check 



44 



231 



120 







73 



State of New York. 

UNIFORM EXAMINA TION Q UESTI0N8. 

CIVIL GOVERNMENT. 
2d and 3rd Grades, . . . . . April 5, 1890. 

Of the followiug questions the candidates will answer only six, to each of which sixteen and 
two-thirds credits are assigned. 

1. Wliat is the fundameutal law of tlie United States? Of this State? 

2. Name two duties of a surrogate. 

3. For how long a term are the judges of the Court of Appeals elected ? 

4. At what age are the justices of the Supreme Court of this State retired? 

5. What is the regular salary of each member of our State Legislature ? 

6. Name the two principal duties of inspectors of elections. 

7. What is an absolute monarchy? Name one in Europe. 

8. When can a Vice-President be elected by the Senate ? 

2d and 3rd Grades, ..... May 3, 1890. 

Each of the following questions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 

1. Name the chief executive officer of a county. A State. 

2. What is a road district ? A school district ? 

3. Mention two duties of a school trustee. 

4. How are the committees of our State Assembly appointed ? 

5. Where is the veto power lodged in this State? Why is such power necessary? 

6. Mention two steps necessary to the admission of a new State to the Union. 

7. In case of an election of President by the House of Representatives, how many 

votes can be cast ? How many candidates would be eligible ? 

8. Mention two respects in which the government of the United States differs from 

that of G^ermauy. 

2d and 3rd Grades, - - - - - August 19, 1890. 

Each of the following questions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 

1. Mention two definite objects of government. 

2. As used in a governmental sense, what is a State ? 

3. What is law ? Explain the meaning of the term politics in its broadest sense. 

4. What is a poll-list ? A ballot ? 

5. Upon what basis are members of the House of Representatives apportioned? 

6. Mention two ways in which a vote may be taken in a legislative assembly. 

7. What is a municipal corporation ? 

8. State the legal qualifications required for voting at any general election held in this 

State : 



{a) As to sex; 
(6) As to age- 
(c) As to residence. 



1st Grade, - - - • - - - August 20, 1890. 

1. What is government ? What is civil government ? 10 

2. Name three forms of national government now existing in the world, and define 

each. 10 

3. Give two reasons why laws are necessary. 10 

4. From what nation did we get our common law? By what branch of the govern- 

ment is it interpreted ? 10 

74 



State of New York. 
department of public instruction. 



CIVIL GOVERNMENT.— Answers. 
2d and 3d Grades, - - - - - April 5, 1890. 

1. The United States Constitution. Tlie State Constitution. 

3. To take proof of wills, and to grant letters to executors or administrators. 

3. 14 years. 

4. 70 years. 

5. $1,500. 

6. To receive and deposit the ballots in the boxes, and to count the votes and transmit 

a true statement thereof to the board of canvassers. 

7. One in which the supreme power is in the hands of the ruler. Russia. 

8. When no person has received a majority of the electoral votes cast for Vice-President. 



2d and 3rd Grades, - - - . . May 3, 1890. 

1. The sheriff. The Governor. 

2. A portion of the public highway, under the care of an overseer of highways. A 

portion of a town or city set apart for school purposes, under the care of trustees 
or a board of education. 

3. Answers may difEer. 

4. By the Speaker of the Assembly. 

5. With the Governor. To serve as a check upon improper legislation. 

6. The territory having formed a State constitution asks admission into the Union. 

Congress passes an act of admission. 

7. As many as there are States represented in Congress. The three persons having the 

highest number of electoral votes. 

8. Answers may differ, 

2d and 3d Grades, . - - . . August 19, 1890. 

1. Answers may differ. 

3. The whole body of people united under one government. 

3. A rule of action prescribed by proper authority. The science of government 

4. A list of persons voting, as kept by a clerk. A written vote. 

5. Upon the basis of population, but must not exceed one member for every 154,000 

inhabitants in any State. 

6. Answers may difEer. 

7. A body politic, organized for purposes of government, as a county, town, city or 

village. 

8. (ffl) Must be a male; (Jj) must be 31 years of age; (c) must have resided one year in 

the State, four months in the county, and thirty days in the election district. 

1st Grade, -.-.._ August 20, 1890. 

1. Government is the control exercised by properly constituted authority. Civil gov- 
ernment pertains to the State and its relations to the citizen. 

3. Answers may differ. 

3. Answers may difEer. 

4. England. The judicial department. 

75 



State of New York. 
uniform examination questions. 

CIVIL GOVERNMENT. 
1st Grade, .-..-- August 20, 1890. 

5. What is the general purpose of each of the three departments of our National 

and State governments ? 10 

6. What is civil law •? Ecclesiastical law? Martial law? 10 

7. In case a voter is challenged, what course must he pursue in order to vote ? 10 

8. State the constitutional provision as to religious tests. 10 

9. What are the purposes of the Constitution of the United States, as set forth in 

the preamble ? 10 

10. State the main point of difference between the government under the Articles of 

Confederation and that under the Constitution. 10 

2d. and 3rd Grades, . . . . - September 6, 1890. 

Each of the following questions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 

1. From what source does the United States government derive its powers? 

2. To what was the weakness in the " Articles of Confederation " due? 

3. Name two privileges of citizenship in the United States government as guaranteed 

by the Constitution. 

4. How many men constitute a grand jury? A petit jury? 

5. Mention two duties of a district attorney. 

6. How often must our State Legislature meet? 

7. What is a legislative committee? 

8. What is the aim of Civil Service enactments ? 

2d and 3rd Grades, - . . . . October 4, 1890. 

Each of the following questions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 

1. Name two immunities enjoyed by citizens of the United States, as guaranteed by 

the Constitution. 

2. How were the weaknesses of the Articles of Confederation remedied? 

3. What advantages might justly be expected to be gained by a secret ballot? 

4. What is the law as to bills in the Governor's hands during a session of the 

Legislature? 

5. What body can find indictments? 

6. What are the titles of tlie members of the President's Cabinet? 

7. What is the difference between a plurality and a majority vote? 

8. What is the title of the presiding officer of the House of Representatives? How is 

he chosen? 

2d and 3rd Grades, - - - - - November 1, 1890. 

Each of the following questions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 

1. Name two restrictions which the Constitution of the United States places upon the 

separate States. 

2. What is the principal function of the Governor in our State government? 

3. Why does Congress have entire control of the matter of naturalization? 

4. Under whose immediate care is the Post-office Department? 

5. What is a patent-right? 

6. Where is the power to coin money vested? Why? 

7. What is the purpose of a Constitution ? 

8. Mention three duties of a supervisor. 

76 



State of New York. 
department of p ub li ins t ru t 1 n. 

CIVIL GOVERNMENT.— Answers. 
1st Grade, .--... August 20, 1890. 

5. Legislative, to frame proper laws; executive, to enforce those laws; judicial, to 

interpret said laws. 

6. The law of a State; the law of the Church; the law of military power. 

7. Make oath that he is a legal voter. 

8. No religious test shall ever be required as a qualification for any oflSce or public 

trust in the United States. 

9. To form a more perfect union, establish justice, insure domestic tranquillity, provide 

for the common defense, promote the general welfare, and secure the blessings of 
liberty to ourselves and our posterity. 
10. Under the Articles of Confederation there was no executive, as under the Constitution. 

2d and 3rd Grades, - . . . . September 6, 1890. 

1. From the people, through the Constitution of the United States. 

3. To the fact that there was neither executive nor judicial department, and to the 
further fact that the Congress could only recommend measures to the State. 

3. Answers may differ. 

4. Not more than 34. 13. 

5. Answers may differ. 

6. Once each year, on the first Monday in January. 

7. A committee, usually appointed by the presiding oflicer, to which certain matters are 

referred for consideration, in order to further legislation. 

8. To prevent changes on account of political opinion, and to keep competent persons 

in office. 

2d and 3rd Grades, - . . . . October 4, 1890. 

1. Answers may differ. 

3. By the adoption of the Federal Constitution. 

3. A fair expression of the people's will, and the stopping of bribery at elections. 

4. They become laws without his approval, unless signed or vetoea by him within ten 

days after their passage. 

5. A grand jury. 

6. Secretary of State, of War, of the Treasury, of the Navy, of the Interior, of Agri 

culture. Postmaster General, Attorney General. 

7. When a person is elected by receiving more votes than any other it is by plurality; 

when he receives more than all others, by majority. 

8. Speaker. By vote of the House of Representatives. 



2d and 3rd Grades, ----- November 1, 1890. 

1. Answers may differ. 

8. To see that the laws of the State are faithfully executed. 

3. In order that by becoming a citizen of the United States, a person may become a 

citizen of any State in which he may take up his residence, without further 
naturalization. 

4. Of the Postmaster-General. 

5. The sole rigLt to make, use, or sell any new invention. 

6. In the United States Government. In order that we may have a uniform currency 

throughout the nation. 

7. To define the powers of the government. 

8. Answers may differ. 

77 



State of New York. 

UNIFORM EXAMINATION QUESTIONS. 

CIVIL GOVERNMENT. 
2d and 3rd Grades, . _ . . . January 17, 1891. 

Each of the following qaestions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 

1. Under the Constitution, wlien shall the House of Representatives elect the President? 

2. What is the term of office of a United States Supreme Court Judge ? 
How is a vacancy in this office filled ? 

3. Name three powers of Congress as prescribed by the Constitution. 

4. Give one reason for granting copy-iights and patents, and one reason why Congress 

alone has this right. 

5. What is capital punishment ? 

6. What county officer cannot succeed himself ? 

7. Name three appointive officers under the President and two under the Governor 

of this State. 

8. How is the Speaker of the United States House of Representatives clioseii ? 

2d and 3rd Grades, - - - - - February 14, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 

1. How many of the original colonies were required to ratify the constitution in order 

that it might become operative ? 

2. What determines how the United States constitution may be amended ? 

3. Name two powers of the President as an executive and one as a legislative officer. 

4. How often in New York, is the entire Legislature elected ? 

5. Name three officers who are chosen by joint ballot of the State Legislature. 

6. How many members compose the President's Cabinet ? 

7. When does the general election occur in this State ? 

8. What are two duties of a grand jury? 



2d and 3rd Grades, . . . . _ March 3, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 

1. How would the adoption of the United States Constitution be expected to establish 

domestic tranquillity '? 

2. W^hat is the age qualification for President of the United States? 

3. (a) What determines how often a United States census shall be taken ? (b) How 

often is it to be taken ? 

4. Who shall preside in the United States Senate when the Vice-President cannot ? 

5. How is the Comptroller of this State chosen ? Superintendent of Insurance ? 

6. What is the full term of office of («) United States Senators? (b) State. Senators? 

7. Name two duties of (a) the Vice-President of the United States, (6) the Lieutenant- 

Governor of this State. 

8. State two ways in which a bill may become a law after it has passed our State Leg- 

islature. 



78 



State of New York. 
department of public instruction. 



CIVIL GOVERNMENT.— Answers. 
2d and 3rd Grades, . . . . . January 17, 1891. 

1. If no one lias a majority of the votes of the Electors. 

2. During good beliavior ; appointed by the President by and with the advice and 

consent of the Senate. 
3 Answers may differ according to Article 1, section 8 of the United States Constitution. 

4. Answers may differ. 

5. Punishment by death. 

6. Sheriff. 

7. Answers may differ according to Article II, section 2 of the United States Constitution 

and the corresponding Article and Section of the State Constitution. 

8. By a majority vote of the House of Representatives. 



2d and 3rd Grades, - - - - - February 14, 1891. 

1. Nine. 

2. The Constitution. 

3. Answers may diffet according to Article II, Section 2 of the Constitution for first 

part. Veto power for second part. 

4. Once in two years. 

5. United States Senator, State Superintendent of Public Instruction, and Regents of 

the University. 

6. Eight. 

7. On the first Tuesday after the jBrst Monday in November. 

8. To inquire into crimes committed in a county, and, if there are sufficient causes, to 

•indict parties suspected. 

2d and 3rd Grades, . . . . . March 3, 1891. 

1. By removing from the different States the power to make laws which discriminated 

against one Sta^ in favor of another, thus removing the cause of jealousies and 
quarrels. 

2. He must be at least thirty-five years old. 

3. (a) The United States Constitution ; (b) once in every ten years. 

4. The President pro tempore of the Senate. 

5. {a) Elected by the people ; (p) appointed by the Governor, by and with the advice of 

the Senate. 

6. (a) Sis years ; (b) two years. 

7. Answers may differ. 

8. (a) The Governor may sign it ; (5) the Legislature may pass it by two-thirds vote a 

second time over his veto ; (c) if he fails to consider the bill within ten days (Sun- 
days excepted) after its passage, it becomes a law, unless the Legislature by ad- 
journing within the ten days prevents his returning the bill. 

79 



State of New York. 
uniform examina tion questions. 



CIVIL GOVERNMENT. 
1st Grade, ...... March 4, 1891. 

Each of the.following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 

1. What is tlie fundamental law of the United States? 

2. Define treason under the United States Constitution. 

3. (a) Who makes treaties with foreign powers? (6) Under what limitations? 

4. What is the " Bill of Rights? " 

5. State two difiereuces between a territorial government and a state government. 

6. What division of a city corresponds to the town in the county ? 

7. Give date for annual meeting of (a) Congress, (6) our State Legislature. 

8. Name the necessary qualifications of voters at a general election in this State as to 

(a) citizenship, (b) age, (c) residence. 

9. When will the next election occur (a) of President of the United States ? (&) of Gov- 

ernor of this State. (State year, month and day.) 

10. Name one condition which, in this State, disqualifies a judge for further continuance 
in the office. 

2d and 3rd Grades, ----- April 4, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 
1. What is the object of the preamble to the Constitution of the United States? 
3. From what source did the United States government originally derive its authority ? 

3. {a) What is necessary that a foreign born person may become a citizen of the United 

States ? (6) Does "this make him a voter ? 

4. What are the residence qualifications for eligibility to the presidency of the United 

States ? '• 

5. What is a census ? 

6. Under what circumstances may a bill become a law without the signature of the 

chief executive of the United States ? 

7. In the county what is the legislative body ? 

8. What is a notary public, and by whom appointed 1 



2d and 3rd Grades, ..... May 2, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 

1. Give two reasons why Congress alone has power to coin money. 

2. In the trial of an impeachment of the President of the United States, where is the 

power of prosecution vested ? 
8. Who is commander-in-chief of the United States army and navy ? 

4. Name three sources of revenue to the United States Government. 

5. How are the following offices filled: {a) Superintendent of Public Works? (6) 

Speaker of Assembly ? 

6. What is a trial jury ? 

7. What is a corporation ? 

8. Name an important duty of the Secretary of State. 



80 



State of New York. 
department of public instruction. 

CIVIL GOVERNMENT.— Answers. 
1st Grade, ...... March 4, 1891. 

1. The United States Constitution. 

2. Treason against the United States shall consist only in levying war against them or 

in adhering to their enemies, giving them aid and comfort. 

3. (a) The President of the United States; ih) By and with the advice and consent of 

the Senate, provided two-thirds of the Senators present concur. 

4. The name given to the first ten amendments to the United States Constitution. 

5. Answers may differ. 

6. The ward. 

7. (a) First Monday in December; (b) First Tuesday in January. 

8. {a) Male citizen; (b) at least twenty-one years of age; (c) must have resided just pre- 

vious to the election at least one year in the State, four months in the county, and 
thirty days in the election district. 

9. (a) 1893, November, first Tuesday after the first Monday; {h) 1891, November, first 

Tuesday after the first Monday. ^ 
10. Impeachment. He becomes disqualified the first day of January following his seven- 
tieth birthday, Either answer may be accepted . 

2d and 3rd Grades, _ . . . . April 4, 1891. 

1. To state clearly the purposes for which the Constitution was adopted, 

2. From the people, through the several State legislatures. 

3. («) He must be naturalized. (&) Not unless he has the qualifications for voters as 

prescribed by the laws of the State in which he resides 

4. Must be a natural born citizen and have been a resident within the United States 

fourteen years. 

5. An official registration of the number of the people, and other general statistics of 

the country. 

6. The President may neglect to sign it within ten days of its passage (Sundays ex- 

cepted). He may return il to congress within ten days (Sundays excepted), and 
each house pass it a second time by a two-thirds vote. 

7. The board of supervisors. 

8. A public officer who administers oaths, and takes acknowledgments. Appointed by 

the Governor and confirmed by the senate. 

2d and 3rd Grades, _ . - - May 2, 1891. 

1. In order that the coins of the United States shall be uniform in standard fineness 

and denomination. 

2. In the House of Representives. 

3. The President of the United States. 

4. Imports, internal revenues, post-offices, sale of public lands, direct taxes. Any three 

of these sources or others. 

5. {a) Appointed by the Governor by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. 

(b) Elected by the members of Assembly from among their own number. 

6. A jury of twelve men whose duty it is to try civil and criminal cases in the courts 

of the county, or in circuit, and in Oyer and Terminer. 

7. An association of persons authorized by law to transact business under 8 common 

name a'hd as a single person. 

8. Answers may differ. 

81 



1 



State of New York. 

UNIFORM EXAMINATION QUESTIONS. 

CIVIL GOVERNMENT. 
2d and 3rd Grades, . . . . _ June 13, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to It. 

1. What is international law? 

2. In the trial of an impeachment of the President of the United States, what consti- 

tutes the court ? 

3. Under what department of the government does the administration of Indian affairs 

come? 

4. What is an executive session of the State Senate 1 

5. What is a Republic? 

6. For what purposes is a census taken ? 

7. Conviction requires how many votes of a trial jury ? 

x8. la an election, what is the difference between a majority and a plurality? 



82 



State of New York. 

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 



CIVIL GOVERNMENT. — Answers. 
2d and 3rd Grades, . . . . . June 13, 1891. 

1. The la\v^wliicli nations recognize in their intercourse with each other. 

2. The United States Senate presided over by the chief justice of the Supreme Court. 

3. Department of the Interior. 

4. A session for the purpose of considering nominations submitted by the Governor, or 

transacting other executive business. 

5. That form of government in which the power to enact and execute the laws is exer- 

cised by representatives elected by the people to act for them. 

6. In order to keep representation as nearly equal as possible. To obtain statistics 

showing the development of the country and to be used as a basis for subsequent 
legislation . 

7. Twelve — all of them. 

8. A majority is more than half of all the votes cast; a plurality is a higher number of 

votes received by one candidate than that received by any other candidate. 

83 



State of New York. 

UNIFORM EXAMINATION QUESTIONS. 

QTJESTionsrs. 



COMPOSITION. 

Xo Answers Giveo. 

2d and 3rd Grades, . _ . . . April 5, 1890. 

Write a composition on one of tlie following subjects: 

Description op an Autumn Sunset. < 

The Rivers of the State op New York. 
Taste in Dress. 
Breaking Colts, 

Note — The following regulations as to credits apply to all examinations in Composition : 

Credits will be given on the merits of the composition with particular reference to 
three points: 

1. The matter, i. e., the thoughts expressed. (25) 

2. The correctness and propriety of the language used. . (35) 

3. The orthography, punctuation, division into paragraphs, use of capitals, and 

general appearance. (25) 

(For remaining 25 credits, see Regulations.) \ 

2d and 3rd Grades, ------ May 3, 1890 

Write a composition on one of the following subjects: 
Home Influences. . 
Easter Sunday. 

A Trip Down the Hudson River by Daylight. 
Camping Out. 

1st, 2d and 3rd Grades, - . . . August 19, 1890. 

Write a composition on one of the following subjects: 
Ventilation of School-Houses. 
Commencement Exercises. 
Fruit Culture. 
Homesickness. 

2d and 3rd Grades, - - . - _ October 4, 1890. 

Write a composition on one of the following subjects ; 
Lawn Tennis. 

Books op Reference for Sqhool Use. 
My Favorite Flower. 

2d and 3rd Grades, - - . . . September 6, 1890. 

Write a composition on one of the following subjects. 
The Art op Cookery. 
Asking Questions in School Work. 
My Favorite Tree. 

84 



State of New York. 
department of public instevction. 

Q^TJESTIOIsrS. 



COMPOSITION. 

No Ansn-ers Given. 

2d and 3rd Grades, ----- 

"Write a composition on one of the following subjects : 
Birds' Nests. 
Pruning Trees. 
How TO Study. 

2d and 3rd Grades. 

Write a composition on one of the following subjects 
Our National Flag. 
A Country Store. 
People are no Better Than the Books They Read. 

2d and 3rd Grades, . . - . . 

Write a composition ou one of the following subjects ' 
a rainy day. 

Having my pictihie taken. 
There is always room at the top. 

1st, 2d and 3rd Grades, - . . . 

Write a composition on one of the following subjects: 
A Village Street. 

An Ideal School Room. ♦ 

Home Made Apparatus for Schools. 
Deeds Are Fruits, Words Are but Leaves. 

2d and 3rd Grades, . - - - - 

Write a composition on one of the following subjects: 

Description op a Post-office. 
' Good Manners. 

A Poor Workman Quarrels with His Tools. 

2d and 3rd Grades, . . . . . 

Write a compoeition on one of the following subjects : 

Description of a Country Church. 

A Ride in the Rain. 

Diligence is the Mistress of Success. 

2d and 3rd Grades, - - . . 

Write a composition on one of the following subjects : 

My Last Holiday Vacation. 
The View from My School-house Windows. 
In a Calm Sea Every Man is a Pilot. 

85 



November 1, 1890. 



January 17, 1891. 



February 14, 1891. 



March 3 and 4, 1891. 



April 4, 1891. 



May 2, 1891 



June 13, 1891 



State of New York. 

UNIFORM EXAMINATION QUESTIONS. 



CURRENT TOPICS. 
2d and 3rd Grades, ..... April 5, 1890. 

Ot the following questions, the candidates will answer only six, to each of which sixteen and 
two-thirds credits are assigned. 

1. The death of what American boy in London has recently caused great sorrow in the 
United States '? 

3. What caused the recent accident and loss of life on the Lake Shore and Michigan 
Southern Railway? 

3. What national centennial has just been celebrated in New York city ? 

4. What city has been selected as the permanent site of the New York State Fair ? 

5. Who is the newly elected Chancellor of the Regents of the University ? 

6. Mention five leading literary magazines of the present day ? 

7. Give date of next Arbor Day. 

8. Who is president pi'O tern, of the United States Senate ? 

9. What has recently caused great destruction of property in the south-central part of 

the United States ? 

10. Name all the living ex-presidents of the United States? 

11. What general of the United States army, noted as an Indian fighter, died during the ' 

latter part of March ? 
13. How was the recent great English miners' strike settled? 

2d and 3rd Grades, .... - May 3, 1890. 

Of the following questions, the candidates will answer only eight, to each of which twelve and 
one-half credits are assigned. 

1, What two new cities have been chartered by our present Legislature ? 

3. What noted prime minister of one of the empires of Europe has lately resigned ? 
Who is his successor? 

3. Name three living Americans prominent as writers of fiction. 

4. What was the final decision of the United States Senate in regard to the Blair 

Educational bill ? 

5. What was the decision of the Court of Appeals in regard to the law providing for 

inflicting the death penalty by electricity ? 

6. Who have been recently elected to fill vacancies in the Board of Regents ? 

7. Who has been appointed to fill the vacancy in the office of sheriff of New York ? 

How was the vacancy filled ? 

8. What occurred on the last trip of the steamer City of Paris ? 

9. The name of Madison University has been changed to what ? 

10. What official position did Samuel J. Randall hold at the time of his death ? What 

more distinguished position did he formerly hold ? 

11, Mention a law of general interest to the educational public, recently enacted in this 

State. 



13. What representative international body has recently closed its labors at Washington ? 
Mention an agreement reached before adjournment. 

1st, 2d and 3rd Grades, . . . . August 19, 1890. 

Of the following questions, the candidates will answer only eight, to each of which twelve and 
one-half credits are assigned. 
1. What is the principal feature of the "Disability Pension" law_enacted by the 

present Congress ? 
3. Bills for the admission of what two territories have been passed at the present ses^ 
sion of Congress ? 

86 



^ State of New York, 

DEPARTMENT F PUB L 1 G I NS T R U C TI ON . 

CURRENT TOPICS.— Answers. 
2d and 3rd Grades, - . . . . April 5, 1890. 

1, Abraham Lincolu. 

3. The crashing of four sleepers which had broken loose, into the forward portion of 
a train. The air brakes failed to work. 

3. The centennial of the establishment of the United States Supreme Court, 

4. Syracuse. 

5. George William Curtis. 

6. Answers may dii?er. * 

7. May 3, or the Friday following the first day of May. 

8. John J. Ingalls. 

9. The overflow of the Mississippi river and some of its tributaries, 

10. Rutherford B. Hayes and Grover Cleveland. 

11. Maj.-Gen. George Crook. 

13. The employers granted all requests for higher wages. 



2d and 3rd Grades, _____ May 3, 1890. 

1. Gloversville and Corning. 

3. Prince Bismarck. Gen. von Caprivi. 
3 Answers may differ. 

4. The bill was defeated. 

5. The constitutionality of the law was affirmed. 

6. Pliny T. Sexton and T. Guilford Smith. 

7. Gen. Daniel E. Sickles. By appointment by the Governor. 

8. By the breaking of the shaft, the machinery stove a hole in the vessel, so as to admit 

a large amount of water, which came near sinking the steamer. 

9. Colgate University. 

10. Member of Congress from Pennsylvania. He was formerly speaker of the House 

of Representatives. 

11. Answers may dififer. 

13. The Pan-American Congress. An agreement was reached for settling by arbitration 
all disputes arising between the countries represented. (Other correct answers 
may be accepted.) 



1st, 2d and 3rd Grades, .... August 19, 1890. 

1. Disabled soldiers and sailors of the Civil War may receive pensions, though not 
disabled by the war. 

3. Idaho and Wyoming. 

87 



State of New York. « 

UNIFORM EXAMINATION QUESTIONS. 

CURRENT TOPICS. 
1st, 2d. and 3rd Grades, ... - August 19, 1890. 

3. What is the nature of the recent "Original Package" decision of the Supreme 

Court of the United States '? 

4. To what official position has Henry M. Stanley been recently appointed? 

5. Name the publishing houses whose school-book interests have been purchased by 

the American Book Company. 

6. Give one instance of destruction by recent tornadoes in the West. 

7. ,How often is the census of the United States taken ? According to reports of the 

recent census, which is the largest city V Which the second largest ? 

8. GUve the place of the last meeting of {a) the National Educational Association ; (6) 

the New York State Teachers' Association. 

9. Mention three important bills, other than those above mentioned, introduced during 

the present session of Congress. 

10. What has recently called attention to Buenos Ayres ? 

11. War between what two American Bepublics was declared last month ? 

2d and 3rd Grades, . . . . September 6, 1890. 

Of the following questione, the candidates will answer only eight, to each of which twelve and 
one-half credits are assigned. 

1. State cause of and locate a recent strike in this State. 

2. Where will the New York State Fair be held this year? 

3. What noted English churchman died about the middle of last month? 

4. Name the largest four cities of the United States in the order of their size. 

5. How many Normal schools in this State? Which one opens for the first tim&'this 

month? 
6 State three important points of difference between our State election laws of 1890 

and those of 1889. 
_7. What legal holidays occur between this date and January 1, 1891? 

8. What legal holiday occurred September 1 ? 

9. Which branch of the State Legislature is to be elected in November next? 

10. Name a prominent leader of the Knights of Labor. 

11. Mention an important bill now under consideration by Congress. 

12. Mention a prominent local oflacer to be elected in your county November next. 

13. What school officers are to be chosen in this State at the next election? 

14. What important official is to be chosen by the next State Legislature? 

2d and 3rd Grades, ----- October 4, 1890. 

Of the following qnestions, the candidates wCl answer only eight, to each of which twelve and 
one-half credits are assigned. 

1. State some fact concerning John Ericsson. 

2. How many States are comprised in the Union? 

8. What Irish exile, who afterward attained literary distinction in this country, 
died recent]}^? 

4. Locate and briefly describe a recent railroad accident in Pennsylvania that was 

attended with great loss of life. 

5. How many members of the Legislature are to be elected this fall? 

6. Name the presidents of tnree colleges in this State. 

7. Who has been recently nominated by each of the two great political parties for 

associate judge of the Court of Appeals? 

88 



State of New York. 
department of public instruction. 

CURRENT TOPICS.— Answers. 
1st, 2d and 3rd Grades, . . - . August 19, 1890. 

3. Original packages of intoxicating liquors imported from one State to another, may, 

be sold in the latter State, even if there prohibited by state laws. 

4. Governor General of the Congo Free State. 

5. Ivison, Blakeman & Co.; A. S. Barnes & Co.; Van Antveerp, Bragg & Co.; D. Apple- 

ton & Co.: Harper & Brothers. 

6. Answers will differ. 

7. Every tenth year. New York; Chicago. 

8. (a) St. Paul, Minn.; {b) Saratoga Springs, N. Y. 

9. Silver Bill, Federal Election Bill, Tariff Bill. Others equally important may be 

accepted. 

10. A revolt against the government. 

11. Guatemala and San Salvador. 



2d and 3rd Grades, .... September 6, 1890. 

1. Along the line of the Central-Hudson railroad. Caused by the action of the railroad 

company in discharging certain of its employes who were members of labor 
organizations. 

2. Syracuse. > 

3. Cardinal .John Henry Newman. 

4. New York, Chicago, Philadelphia. Brooklyn. 

5. Eleven. Plattsburgh. 

6. Answers may differ. 

7. General Election; Thanksgiving; Christmas. * 

8. Labor Day. 

9. The Assembly. 

10. T. V. Powderly. . 

11. Tariff Bill; Federal Election Bill. 

12. Answers will differ according to locality. 

13. School Commissioners. 

14. United States Senator. 

2d and 3rd Grades, ..... October 4, 1890. 

1. A native of Sweden, who afterward became a citizen of the United States. He 

designed and built the Monitor, the success of which completely revolutionized 
modern naval warfare. His remains were recently taken to Sweden for 
interment. 

2. Forty-four. 

8. John Boyle O'Reilly. 

4. On the Reading railroad, near Shoemakersville, Pa. Answers to last part of 

question maj' differ. 

5. One hundred twenty-eight. 

6. Answers maydiffer. 

7. Robert Earl. 

89 



State of New York. 
uniform examinatiojs questions. 

CURRENT TOPICS. 
2d and 3rd Grades, . . . - - October 4, 1890. 

8. What South American repubhc holds its first presidential election this fall ? 

9. What State educational meeting is to be held this month ? 

10. What is the coming world's fair in Chicago intended to commemorate ? 

11. Name a candidate for Member of Congress in your district. 
13. Who are the three most prominent living American poets ? 

2d and 3rd Grades, - . . . November l, 1890. 

Of the following questions, the candidates will answer only eight, to each of which twelve and 
one-half credits are assigned. 

1. What distinguished Frenchman visited this country last month ? 

2. Mention five of the great metropolitan daily newspapers. 

3. When does our next State legislature convene ? 

4. What great American jurist died about the middle of last month ? 

5. What official position did he hold at the time of his death '? 

6. Who designates Thanksgiving Day ? 

7. What State educational meeting is to be held in January ? 

8. Mention the candidates for the office of school commissioner in your commissioner 

district. 

9. What is the next legal holiday in this State ? 

10. When will Congress next assemble ? 

11. What is meant by the Township system as applied to schools ? 

12. Name all surviving ex-Vice-Presidents of the United States. 

13. What reform in the domestic life of members of the Mormon Church is advocated 

by the head of that church ? 



2d and 3rd Grades, - - - - January 17, 1891. 

Of the following questions, the candidates will answer only eight, to each of which twelve and 
one-half credits are assigned. 

1. What State educational association has been in session this week? Where? 

2. What has recently given great prominence to the name of Dr. Koch 7 

3. Who was elected Speaker of the Assembly at the opening of the Legislature? 

4. What noted Russian novelist is now on a lecturing tour in this country? " 

5. Mention an important bill now under consideration by Congress? 

6. Who is the senior United States Senator from this State? When Vill his successor 

be elected? 

7. Account for the recent Indian uprising in the Northwest. 

8. What is now threatening the accomplishment of home rule for Ireland? 

9. Who has been recently appointed Associate Justice of the United States Supreme 

Court ? 

10. What ex-United States Treasury official died December 81, 1890? 

11. Which of the prisons of this State have recently been damaged by fire ? 

12. What noted American singer died early this month ? 

2d and 3rd Grades, . . - - February 14, 1891. 

Of the following questions, the candidates will answer only eight, to each of which twelve and 
one-half credits are assigned. 

1. Mention one important bill recently introduced into the Legislature. 

2. In what South American republic has a revolt against the government recently 

occurred ? 

90 



State of New York. 
department of p ublic ins t li uction. 

CURRENT TOPICS.— Answers. 
2d and 3rd Grades, . . . . . October 4, 1890. 

8. Brazil. 

9. Eighth annual meeting of the Council of Superintendents. 

10. The four-hundredth anniversary of the discovery of America. 

11. Answers must differ. 

13. John Greenleaf Whittier, Oliver Wendell Holmes and James Russell LoweU. 

2d and 3rd Grades, - - November 1, 1890. 

1. Compte de Paris. 

2. Tribune, World, Sun, Press, Herald, Mail and Express, Times, Commercial 

Advertiser, Post, etc. 

3. The first Tuesday in January. 

4. Samuel F. Miller, 

5. Associate Justice of the Supreme Court of the United States. 

6. The President of the United States, or the Governor of this State, or both. 

7. The Thirty-sixth Annual Meeting of State Association of School Commissioners 

and Superintendents, at Batavia, January 13, 14, 15, 1891. 

8. Answers must differ. 

9. General Election Day, Tuesday, November 4. 

10. The first Monday in December. 

11. Each town has one school board controlling all the schools of the town. 
13. Hannibal Hamlin. 

13. That only monogamous marriages be contracted in the future. 

2d and 3rd Grades, . . - - . January 17, 1891. 

1. New York Slate Association of School Commissioner9 and Superintendents. 

Batavia. 
3. His alleged discovery of a remedy for tuberculosis. 

3. William F. Sheehau. 

4. Sergius Stepniak. 

5. Answers may differ. 

6. William M. Evarts. During the present session of the Legislature. 

7. A widespread belief among them that the Messiah's coming is near at hand ; that 

he will destroy the whites and give the land back to the Indians. 

8. Dissensions in the Irish Nationalist party. 

9. Henry B. Brown. 

10. Francis E. Spinner. 

11. Auburn and Clinton 

12. Emma Abbott. 

2d and 3rd Grades, _ _ _ _ February 14, 1891. 

1. Answers may differ. 



2. Chili. 



91 



State of New York. 
uniform examination questions. 



CURRENT TOPICS. 
2d and 3rd Grades, . . - - February 14, 1891. 

3. What IS meant by the totonship system as applied to schools ? 

4. What eminent American statesman and historian died about the middle of January? 

5. What has recently called attention to the little town of Mammoth, Cumberland 

county, Pa. ? 

6. Who was recently elected United States senator by the Legislature of this State ? 

7. What is a reciprocity treaty ? 

8. Wbat member of President Harrison's cabinet died recently, and what official posi- 

tion did he hold at the time of his death ? 

9. State two uses of electricity in the mechanic arts t 

10. Under the new apportionmeat, to tow many Representatives in Congress is this State 
entitled ? 

1st, 2d and 3rd Grades, - . . March 3 and 4, 1891. 

V)f the following questions, the candidates will answer only eight, to each of which twelve and 
one-half credits are assigned. 

1. Mention two commanders in the great civil war who died about the middle of Feb- 

ruary. 

2. In what branch of the service did each attain distinction ? 

3. Name three prominent American inventors, and one invention of each. 

4. To what countries do the following physicians respectively belong: (a) Koch? (&) 

Pasteur ? 

5. Mention a prominent bill now before the Legislature. 

6. With what foreign nation has a reciprocity treaty been recently negotiated ? 

7. W^hen will the term of the present Congress expire ? 

8. W^hat general commanded the United States troops engaged in quelling the recent 

Indian uprising in the northwest ? 

9. Mention one field in which George Bancroft, recently deceased, attained great dis- 

tinction. 

10. Who is the present superintendent of the Federal census ? 

11. Who has been recently appointed Secretary of the Treasury ? 

12. What important executive office had he formerly held? 

2d and 3rd Grades, ..... April 4, 1891. 

Of the following questions, the candidates will answer only eight, to each of which twelve and 
one-half credits are assigned. 

1. What two United States senators died recently ? 

2. From what states were they respectively elected ? 

3. Mention an important law enacted during the last session of the fifty-first congress. 

4. What has recently called attention to New Orleans ? 

5 . "What important railroad transaction has recently been consummated in this State ? 

6. Mention an important educational bill now under consideration in our state legis- 

lature. 

7. ^Vhat city of this state suffered a great loss by fire about the middle of last month ? 

8. What day is legally designated as Arbor Day in each year? 

9. Briefly describe the recent disaster at Gibraltar. 

10. How was the election of a United States senator accomplished by the Illinois legis- 

lature ? 

11. What prominent French prince died recently? 

13. The death of what noted tragedian recently occurred in New Tork city? 

92 



State of New York. 
department of public instruction. 



CURRENT TOPICS.— Answers. 
2d and 3rd Grades, - -, - - February 14, 1891. 

3. Each town has one school board controlling all the schools of the town. 

4. George Bancroft. 

5. A great mining disaster resulting in the death of over one hundred persons. 

6. David B. Hill. 

7. A treaty concluded between two countries, conferring equal privileges as regards 

customs or charges on imports, and in other respects. 

8. William Windom, Secretary of the Treasury. 

9. Answers may differ, 
10. Thirty-four. 

1st, 2d and 3rd Grades, - - . March 3 and 4, 1891. 

1-3. William T. Sherman, army ; David D. Porter, navy. 

3. Answers may differ. 

4. {a) Germany ; (6) France. 

5. Answers may differ. 

6. Brazil. 

7. March 4, 1891. 

8. Nelson A. Miles. 

9. Statesmanship, or history. 

10. Robert P. Porter. 

11. Charles Foster. 
13. Governor of Ohio 



2d and 3rd Grades, - - _ - . April 4, 1891. 

1-3. George Hearst, California; Ephraim K. Wilson, Maryland. 

3. Answers may differ. 

4. The lynching of eleven Italians confined as prisoners in the parish jail. 

5. The transfer of the R. W. and 0. R. R. to the control of the N. Y. C. and H. R. R. R. 

6. Test-book bills, compulsory education bill. etc. 

7. Syracuse. 

8. The Friday following the first day of May. 

9. The steamer Utopia with about eight hundred souls on board collided with the 

British war-ship Anson, resulting in sinking the former and drowning nearly sis 
hundred persons. 

10. Two members of the Farmers' Mutual Benefit Order voted with the Democrats for 

John M. Palmer. 

11. Napoleon Joseph Charles Bonaparte, known as Prince Jerome Napoleon. 
13. Lawrence Barrett, 

93 



State of New York. 
uni f ohm examina tion q uestions. 

CURRENT TOPICS. 
;2d. and 3rd Grades, .... - May 2, 1891. 

Of the following questions, the candidates will answer only eight, to each of which twelve and 
one-half credits are assigned. 

1. What eminent New York divine died recently ? 

2. Who is your present member of Congress ? 

3. What, in round numbers, was the amount of the direct tax recently refunded to 
• this State by the United States Government ? 

- 4. With what foreign government are our diplomatic relations at present somewhat 
I strained ? 

5. What is the next legal holiday in this State ? 

6. What great American showman died recently ? 

7. Upon what date will the next examination for State scholarships in Cornell Univer- 

sity occur ? 

8. Mention four State officers to be elected this year. 

9. What is meant by industrial education as connected with public education ? 
10. What is meant by excise legislation? 

2d and 3rd Grades, . _ . . . June 13, 1891. 

Of the following questions, the candidates will answer only eight, to each of which twelve and 
one-half credits are assigned. 

1. When and where will the next meeting of the New York State Teachers' Association 

be held ? 

2. Why is it proposed to hold a world's fair in the United States in 1893 ? 

3. W^hat is meant by a college or high school commencement ? 

4. The settlement of what important matter is being considered by English and Ameri- 

can diplomats ? 

5. State facts concerning the Itata. 

6. Mention five well-known summer resorts in this State. 

7. What noted American historical writer died early this month ? 

8. What important action was taken by the Presbyterian general assembly recently in 

session in Detroit ? 

9. When and where will the next meeting of the National Educational Association be 

held? 
10. The construction of what inter-oceanic canal is about to be commenced ? 

94 



State of New York. 
department of public insl ruction, 



CURRENT TOPICS.— Answers. 
2d and 3rd Grades, ... - - May 2, 1891. 

1. Howard Crosby. 

2. Answers will differ. 

3. $2,200,000. 

4. Italy. 

5. Decoration Day, May 30 

6. P. T. Barnum. 

7. June 6. 

8. Governor, Ivieutenrnt-Governor, Secretary of State, Comptroller, Treasurer, Attor- 

ney-General, and State Engineer and Surveyor. 

9. The introduction of teaching to train the hand and eye, with a view to practical 

application in life work. 

10. Legislation to regulate the traflfic in spirituous and malt liquors. 



2d and 3rd Grades, . _ . . . June 13, 1891. 

1. July 7, 8 and 9, 1891. Saratoga Springs. 

2. To celebrate the discovery of America by Columbus. 

3. The annual graduating exercises. 

4. The right of jurisdiction over the Alaskan fur seal fisheries. 

5. A steamer engaged in carrying arms, etc., from this country to the Chilian insur- 

gents; placed under arrest by United States authorities at San Diego, Cal. ; escaped, 
and was afterward surrendered to the American fleet at Iquique. Chili, June 4. 

6. Answers may differ. 

7. Benson J. Lossing. 

8. Vetoing the election of Dr. Briggs as professor of biblical theology in Union seminary. 

9. Toronto, Canada, July 14-17, 1891. 
10. The Nicaragua ship canal. 



95 



State of New York. 

DEPARTMENT F P UB LI C INS T R V C T I ON. 

DRAWING. 

Note. —All answers in this subject Avill be found on pages 101 to 111 inclusive. 

2ci and 3rd. Grades, . - . . . April 5, 1890. 

Of the following questions, the candidates will answer only six, to each of which sixteen and 
two-thirds credits are assigned. 

1. What is Drawing ? 

2. What senses are used in gaining ideas of form ? 

3. From what would you have the child obtaiiihis first idea of angles? 

4. What affects the apparent form of an object? 

5. Draw top and front views of the sphere and cube. 

6. Mention the principle underlying good decoration. 

7. Draw an oblique view of a horizontal circle. 

8. Draw a four-inch square. Sketch its diameters and diagonals, and make a pleasing 

arrangement consisting of four parts united at the center. 

2d and 3rd Grades, _ . . . . May 3, 1890. 

Each of the following questions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 

1. Why should the study of type solids precede the study of common objects ? 

2. What views are used in " Construction V " 

3. What is the appareur relative direction of parallel lines extending from the eye ? 

4. What constitutes a complete working drawing? 

5. What afEects the apparent size of an object ? 

6. Draw the top and front views of a cone in an upright position, height twice the 

diameter of the base. 

7. Draw the appearance of a cube standing below the level of the eye, with one vertical 

face directly in front of the observer. 

8. Make an outline drawing of any natural leaf. 

2d and 3rd Grades, _ _ . . . August 19, 1890. 

Notes — Twenty credits of the one hundred allotted to this paper will depend on the general 
excellence of the drawing. 

The word view as used in this paper refers to facts of form and position. 
.1. .In what three ways are ideas of form expressed? (10) 

2. Write a simple rule as a guide for combining colors in elementary decorative 

design. (10) 

8. Illustrate the meaning of the terms bisect, trisect, quadrisect. (10) 

4. A cube stands with top and front face visible. On the top face rests a hemi- 

sphere. Draw top view and front view. (10) 

5. In what type solid is the representation always the same, no matter how the 

solid is viewed ? (10) 

6. Draw the appearance in front and below the eye of a square prism, extending 

from left to right and resting on one oblong face. (10) 

7. What is the use of a central figure in a rosette arrangement ? (10) 

8. Define («) vertex; (b) base. i (10) 

1st Grade, .._... August 19, 1890. 

Twenty credits of the one hundred allotted to tliis paper will depend on the general excellence 
of the drawing. 
The word view as used in this paper refers to facts of form and position. 

1. In what two type solids are the three dimensions identical? (8) 

2. How many axes has an equilateral triangle ? Illustrate. (8) 

96 



State of New York. 

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INS T liUC T I OHf. 



DRAWING. 
1st Grade, ._-.-. August 19, 1890. 

3. What determines tlie size and number of units to be used in a decorative rosette ? (8) 

4. Give the tliree relations which lines bear to each other as to direction, and illus- 

trate each. (8) 

5. An equilateral triangular prism rests on one oblong face and extends from left 

to right. Draw the end, top and front views. (8) 

6. Supply the necessary words in the following : 

{a) The edge view of a thin circular tablet is always . 

(6) The face view of a thin circular tablet is 

(c) The oblique view of a thin circular tablet is . (8) 

7. What department deals with the facts of form ? With the appearance of form? 

With the ornament of form 't (8) 

8. Draw a quatrefoil based on a square. (8) 

9-10. Make an original design in which the following principles and terms are 

illustrated: Base, bisect, oblong, semicircle, unit, repetition, alternation. (16) 

2d and 3rd Grades, . . . . September 6, 1890. 

Each of the following questions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 

Notes — Twenty credits of the one hundred allotted to this paper will depend on the general excel- 
lence of the drawing. 

The word view as used in this paper refers to facts of form and position. 

1. Name two kinds of surfaces found on a cylinder. 

2. What kind of point should a pencil have for free-hand drawing, and why? 

3. Arrange two lines of equal length so that each will be bisected and perpendicular 

to each other. 

4. In what type solid are the views all of the same shape? 

5. A square prism rests on one oblong face, and extends from left to right. Draw the 

top view and the end view. 

6. Represent a tumbler, top and bottom of same size as standing in front and below 

the eye. 

7. Make a design for a border in which the principle of alternation is shown. 

8. Represent a cylinder two jnckes high and one inch base, with the top face on a 

level with the eye, 

2d and 3rd Grades, - - - - October 4, 1890. 

Notes— Twenty credits of the one hundred allotted to this papjr will depend on the general excel- 
lence of the drawing. 

The word view as used in this paper refers to facts of form and position. 

1. Of what study is drawing one mode of expression ? (10) 

2. What is the dameter of a figure? Draw the diameters of an oblong. (10) 

3. In representing a cylinder in front and below the eye, why is the curvature of 

the line representing the edge pf the lower base greater than that represent- 
ing the upper? (10) 

4. How many views are necessary to show the facts of form of the sphere? (10) 

5. Represent a cone two inches high and one-inch base, standing in front and 

below the eye. 

97 



State of New York. 

UNIFORM EXAMINA TION Q UESTIONS. 

DRAWING. 
2d and 3rd Grades, ... - - October 4, 1890. 

6. Draw top view and side view of the same cone. (10) 

7. Draw a rosette having a three-inch circle for the base. (10) 

8. Draw an ellipse whose diameters are in the proportion of one to three. (10) 

2d and 3rd Grades, .... - November 1, 1890. 

Notes— Twenty credits of the one hundred allotted to this paper will depend on the general excel- 
lence of the drawing. Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 
The word view as used in this paper, refers to facts of form and position. 

1. Name two kinds of surfaces. Give one example of each. 

2. "When is a line (a) perpendicular ? {b) vertical ? 

3. What is a diagonal of a figure ? 

4. Arrange a cylinder horizontally from left to right. Draw top and end views. 

5. Represent a square prism standing with top and front face visible in front and below 

the eye. 

6. What three elements are used in a rosette arrangement ? 

7. Draw a vertical line 2 inches. Trisect it, and through upper point of trisection draw 

a horizontal f as long as vertical, one-half on each side. These lines are the 
bases for two units. Connect the ends of these lines by straight lines to make one 
unit. By curves to make another unit. Use one of the units in an original 
design. 

8. Define square,, oblong and circle. 

2d and 3rd Grades, ----- January 17, 1891. 

Notes — Twenty credits of the one hundred allotted to this paper will depend on Uie general excel- 
lence of the drawing. Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 
The word view aa used in this paper, refers to facts of form and position. 

1. Which should be presented first, form-study or drawing ? Why ? 
3. What quality of line should be avoided in free-hand drawing ? 

3. How many dimensions does the top view of a solid show ? 

4. Draw top and side views of a square pyramid. 

5. Make a working drawing of a sphere. 

6. Represent a cylinder, placed horizontally, with its center opposite the eye. 

7. Represent a book with long edges extending from left to right, back of book and 

one cover visible, in front and below the eye. ^ 

8. How manv times will a unit be used iu a design h.aving a lu^xatron for tlie l)ase ? 

2d and 3rd Grades, - - . - - February 14, 1891. 

Notes.— Twenty credits of the one hundred allotted to this paper will depend on the general 
excellence of the drawing. Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned to It. 
The word view as used in this paper, refers to facts of form and position. 

1. Where should you begin iu drawing a circle? 

2. How is an edge formed, and what represents it? 

3. What kind of straight lines should be drawn from the top downward ? From left 

to right V 



State of New York. 

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 



DRAWING. 
2d and 3rd Grades, - - - - February 14, 1891. 

4. Place a right triangular prism on its broad face, with long edges extending from 
left to right. Draw the end view, front view and top view. 
• 5. What is a working drawing ? 

6. Represent a vertical cylinder with its lower face on a leve^ with the eye. 

7. Represent a cone in front and below the eye. 

8. Conventionalize a leaf and use it as a unit in an original design. 

2d and 3rd Grades, - - . . . March 3, 1891. 

Notes.— Twenty credits of the one hundred allotted to this paper will depend on the general 
excellence of the drawing. 

The word view as used in this paper, refers to facts of form and position. 
Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 

1. Give a general rule in regard to the frequent use of the eraser. 

2. What is the usual place to begin in drawing an ellipse? 

3. To which of the three divisions in drawing do working drawings belong? 

4. Draw the top view and side view of a tumbler a little larger at the top than at the 

bottom. 

0. Represent the same tumbler in front and below the eye. 

6. Draw (a) a square, 3 inches edge with its diameters ; (6) make a pleasing arrange- 

ment consisting of a repetition of a unit about a center. Unite the parts by a cen- 
tral figure, 

7. What relation should exist between the ornamentation of an object and its use? 

8. Define a rosette. 

1st Grade, - - - i . March 3, 1891. 

Note.— The word view as used in this paper, refers to facts of form and position. 
Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 

1. Give a general rule in regard to the frequent use of the eraser. 

2. What is the usual place to begin in drawing an ellipse ? 

3. To which of the three divisions in drawing do working drawings belong ? 

4. Draw a top view and side view of a tumbler a little larger at the top than at the 

bottom. 

5. Represent the same tumbler in front and below the eye. 

6. Draw top view and side view of a square pyramid placed at an angle of 45", that is, 

with two side faces equally visible. 

7. Represent the same in front and below the eye. 

8. Draw (a) a square, 3 inches edge, with its diameters. (6) Make a pleasing arrange- 

ment consisting of a repetition of a uait about a center. Unite the parts by a cen- 
tral figure. 

9. What relation should exist between the ornamentation of an object and its use ? 
10. Define a trefoil. 

2d and 3rd Grades, _ . . . . April 4, 1891. 

Notes.— Twenty credits of the one hundred allotted to this paper will depend on the general 
excellence of the drawing. Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 
The word vi&w as used in this paper, refers to facts of form and position . 

1. Name three kinds of angles. Illustrate each. 

2. How many faces has a cylinder ? 

3. Give one use of the dotted line in constructive drawings. 

99 



State of New York. 

UNI FOBM EXAMINATION QUESTIONS. 



DRAWING. 
2d and 3rd Grades, - - - - - April 4, 1891. 

4. Draw top view and side view of a hemisphere resting on its curved face. 

5. Draw front view and top view of a vertical cylinder one inch high and one inch base. 

6. Represent the same cylinder in front and below the eye. 

7. Make a rosette based on a circle, having an isosceles triangle as the unit. 

8. Name the three elementary principles of arrangement for decoration. 

2d and 3rd Grades, . . - . - May 2, 1891. 

Notes.— Twenty credits of the one hundred allotted to this paper will depend on the general 
excellence of the drawing. Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 
The word view as used in this paper, refers to facts of form and position. 

1. Why should drawing follow, not precede, the study of form ? 

2. How many axes of symmetry has an oval ? 

3. What division, in drawing, treats of the facts of form ? — of the appearance of form ? 

— of the ornament of form '? 

4. A square prism lies with long edges extending from left to right. A cylinder stands 

midway on the top face. Draw top view and front view 

5. What figure is used, and how many times, in the working drawing of a cube? 

6. Represent a circular tablet placed horizontally and below the eye. What is the 

name of the figure made? 

7. Represent a cone in front and below the eye. 

8. Draw a unit of design on a kite-shaped base. Use the unit in a rosette whose base 

is an equilateral triangle. 

2d and 3rd Grades, June 13, 1891. 

Notes.— Twenty credits ot the one hundred allotted to this paper will depend on the general 
excellence of the drawing. Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 
The word view as used in this paper, refers to facts of form and position 

1. Name two solids in either of which the three dimensions are equal. 

2. What is a %vorking drawing ? 

3. Draw top view and end view of a square prism resting on one oblong face, with long 

edges from left to right. 

4. Represent an ordinary crayon box in front and below the eye with top and front face 

visible. 

5. What name is given to the place where retreating parallel edges, if continued, appear 

to meet ? 
f). In what line is the vanishing point always found ? 

7, Make a design for a border, using for alternate units, squares in different positions. 

8. Draw a trefoil, 

100 



State of New York. 
department of public instruction. 



DRAWING.— Answers. 
2d and 3rd Grades, - . - - . April 5, 1890, 

1. Drawing is an expression of form. 

2. FeeliDg and sight. (Toucli and sight.) 

3. From tlie corners of the faces of solids. 

4. Position. 

5. Answer cannot well be shown here. 

6. Fitness to its purpose is the underlying principle of all good decoration. 

7. Answer cannot well be shown here. 

8. Answer cannot well be shown here. 

2d and 3rd Grades, . - - - . May 3, 1890. 

1. The irregularities of common objects make them more difficult to represent. 

2. Geometric views. 

3. They appear to converge. 

4. AH the geometric views required to give the facts of form, with the facts as to size 

and position. 

5. Distance. 

6. Answer cannot well be shown here. 

7. Answer cannot well be shown here. 

8. Answer cannot well be shown here. 



August 19, 1890. 



2d and 3rd Grades, - - - . - 

1. By malving, drawing and language. 

2. Combine a neutral with a positive color, or tints and shades of one color. 

3. May be shown by dividing a line into two equal parts, into three equal parts, into 



four equal parts. 



r^^ 





5. Sphere. 



Top. 



Side, (a) 



Side. (&) 



6. 



101 



State of New York. 

UNIFORM EXAMINATIOII^ QUESTIONS. 

DRAWING.— Answers. ' 
2d and 3rd Grades, . _ _ - - August 19, 1890. 

7. To give firmness or strengtli to the design. 

8. {a) The point of convergence toward which faces, edges or lines tend. The point in 

a figure furthest from the base. 
(6) That part of a figure or form upon which it is assumed to rest. 



1st Grade, 

1. Sphere and cube. 



August 19, 1890. 



2. Three. 




3. The size and number of sides of the base. 

4. (1) Parallel. (2) Perpendicular. (3) Converging and diverging (or oblique). 
5. 




6. (a) A straight line. 
(&) A circle. 

(c) An ellipse. \ 

7. Construction. Representation. Decoration. 

8. Cannot well be shown here. 
9-10. Cannot well be shown here. 



2d and 3rd Grades, 



September 6, 1890. 



1. (a) Plane; (&) curved. 

2. A round blunt point, to aid in gaining a soft, broad gray line. 

102 



State of New York. 

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 



DRAWING.— Answers. 
2d and 3rd Grades, - - - - September 6, 1890. 



4. Sphere. 




6. 




103 



State of New York. 
uniform examina ti on questions. 



DRAWING. 
2d and 3rd Grades, 

7. Cannot well be shown here. 



Answers. 



September 6, 1890. 



a 



2d and 3rd Grades, - - - - - October 4, 1890. 

1. Of Form Study. 

2. A straight line passing through the center, terminating in two opposite sides, and 

dividing the figure into two equal parts. 



8. Because the lower base, which is a circle, is farther below the eye than the upper. 
4. Two. 

104 



State of New York. 
department of public ins t ru g t 1 n. 



DRAWING. — Answers. 
2d and 3d Grades, ..... October 4, 1890. 



6. 




7. Answer cannot well be shown here; 



8. 





2d and 3d Grades, - . - - - November 1, 1890. 

1 [a) Plane and {b) curved or round. Examples may differ. 

2. A line is perpendicular when it is at right angles to another line. A line is vertical 

when it extends straight up and down. 

3. A line connecting two opposite angles. 



o 



105 



State of New York. 

UNIFOr.M EX A MINA Tl ON Q UES TIONS. 




DRAWING.— Answers. 
2d and 3rd Grades, .... November 1, 1890 



6. 



6. Base unit and central figure. 

7. Answer can not well be shown here. 

8. A square is a plane figure having four equal straight sides, and four right angles. 
An oblong is a rectangular figure in which the dimensions are not equal. 

A circle is a plane figure, bounded by a curved line, every point of which is equally 
distant from a point within called the center. ^ 

2d and 3rd Grades, - - _ . . January 17, 1891. 

1. Form-study. Because an idea must be gained before it can be expressed. 

2. A heavy black line. 

3. The top view of a solid shows two dimensions. 





'CZD 



8. Six times. 



2d and 3rd Grades, - - . _ . 

1. At the lower end of the vertical diameter. 

3. By the meeting of two faces. It is represented by a^ine. 

3. Vertical. Horizontal. 

106 



February 14, 1891. 



State of New York. 
department of public instruction. 



DRAWING. — Answers. 
2d and 3rd Grades, February 14, 1891. 




5. A drawing that gives all the facts of form, size and structure of an object. It is a 
drawing from which a workman can manufacture an object. 

6. 




8. Answer cannot well be shown. 

2d and 3rd Grades, . . - . . 

1. The use of the eraser should be limited by the teacher. 

2. Begin at the lower end of the imaginary vertical diameter. 

3. Construction. 



March 3, 1891. 



4. 




107 




State of New York. 
vniform examina tion q uesti0n8. 



DRAWING.— Answers. 



2d and 3d Grades, 



March a. 1891. 



6. {a) 



(b) The units and central figure will vary. 



7. The ornamentation of an object should be subordinate to its use. 

8. A decorative arrangement made by a regular repetition of units about a center. 



1st G-rade, ------ 

1. The use of the eraser should be limited by the teacher. 

2. Begin at the lower end of an imaginary vertical diameter 

3. Construction. 



March 3, 1891. 





108 



State of New York. 
department of public instruc tion. 



DRAWING. — Answers. 



1st Grade, 



{a) 



March 3, 1891. 





(6) The units and central figure will vary. 



9. The ornamentation of an an object should be subordinate in its use* 
10. A 'figure containing equal portions of three circles regularly disposed about a center. 



2d and 3rd Grades, 
1. Right; acute; obtuse. 



April 4, 1891. 




2. Three faces. 

3. (a) To connect views, or 

(5) To serve as dimension lines. 



109 



State of New York. 

UNIFORM EXAMINA TION Q UESTIONS. 



DRAWING.— Answers. 



2d and 3rd Grades, 

4. 



April 4, 1891. 






7. Answer cannot ■well be shown. 

8. Symmetry. Repetition. Alternation, 



110 



State of New York, 

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 



DRAWING.— Answers. 
2d and 3rd Grades, - - . . 

1. An idea should be gained before it can be expressed 

2. One. 

3. Construction ; — representation ; — decoration. 
4. 




: I I . 



5. A square. It is used twice. 

6. An ellipse 




8. Answer cannot well be shown. 



May 2, 1891. 




Ill 



State of New York. 
uniform exajiina ti02i questions. 



DRAWING.— Answers. 
2d and 3rd Grades, ... . June 13, 1891. 

1. The spliere and the cube. 

2. One which gives all the facts of form, size, structure and position of an object. 
3. 





5. The vanishing point. 

6. The horizon line. 

T. Answer can not well be shown. 
8. 




112 



State of New York. 
uniform examination questions. 



GEOGRAPHY. 

2d and 3rd Grades, . . . . . April 5, 1890. 

1. Give the diameter, in degrees, of the South Frigid zone. (10) 

3. Name two valuable mineral products of this State. (10) 

3. Describe the .shortest water route between Buffalo and New York city, and name 

nine cities on the line. (10) 

4. Name one each of the United States extensively engaged in the production of 

sugar; of lumber. Name a State extensively engaged in cattle raising; in 
grape culture; in fisheries. . (10) 

5. Where is the great arid region of the United States ? What is the cause of its 

aridity ? (10) 

6. Bound Tennessee. (10) 

7. Under what national government are the following cities, respectively: Dublin? 

Sevastapol ? Constantinople ? Brindisi ? Stockholm ? (10) 

8. To which of the five races of men do the majority of inhabitants of the follow- 

ing states and countries belong, respectively: Hayti? Spain? Patagonia? 
China? Scotland? (10) 

9. Name a country or locality in which each of the following animals may be 

found native, respectively: the condor; the gorilla; the bison; the duckbill; 
the llama. (10) 

10. Through what waters would you pass in going from Mobile to Baltimore ? (10) 

2d and 3rd Grades, - - - - - May 3, 1890. 

1. In which zone are the degrees of longitude, measured by statute miles, longest ? (10) 

2. Into what bay or gulf do the following lakes of this State finally empty, 

respectively: Chautauqua? Seneca? Lake George ? Otsego? Oneida? (10) 

3. Give the name and location of the second city, in size and importance, in the 

State of Pennsylvania. For what is it noted ? (10) 

4. Why is the climate of Montana colder than that of the State of Washington ? (10) 

5. In what State or territory is each of the following-named mountains : Fremont's 

Peak? Mt. Mitchell? Mt. St. Elias? Mt. Marcy? Mt. Hood? (10) 

6. Locate the islands which are the principal abode of the fur seal. (10) 

7. Name a country or locality of the eastern hemisphere from which we get raisins; 

cinnamon; ivory; coffee; kangaroo hides. (10) 

8. In what countries are the following rivers, principally or wholly: The Obi? 

The number? The Ebro ? The Amoor? The Loire ? (10) 

9. Under what form of government, monarchical or republican, are the following 

countries, respectively: Japan? France? Mexico? Spain? Greece? (10) 

10. Name some country or locality where each of the following animals may be 

found native: The walrus; the raccoon; the beaver; the rhinoceros. (10) 

2d and 3rd Grades, . - - _ . August 19, 1890. 

1. What are the coral islands ? In what ocean are they most numerous? (10) 

2. Account for the difference of temperature, in our latitude, in July and January. (10) 

3. Name the five races of men and mention some distinctive characteristics, other 

than color. (10) 

4. Name five prominent peninsulas of North America. (10) 

5. Name two of the largest rivers of the United States, west of the Mississippi 

Valley. (10) 

6. Bound South Dakota. (10) 

114 



State of New York. 
department of public instruction-. 



GEOGRAPHY. — Answers. 
2d and 3rd Grades, . - - . _ April 5, \890. 

1. About forty-seven degrees. 

2. Answers will differ. 

3. It consists of the Erie Canal and the Hudson River. Answers to the second part of 

the question will vary 

4. Answers will vary. 

5. It is on the plateaus of the Jlocky Mountains. The causes of the small amount of 

rainfall are, the great elevation of the plateau, and the condensation by the 
mountains of the vapor coming from the Pacific Ocean, before it reaches the 
plateau. 

6. On the north by Kentucky and Virginia. On the east by North Carolina. On the 

south by Georgia, Alabama and Mississippi. On the west by Arkansas and 
Missouri. 

7. Great Britain, Russia, Turkey, Italy and Sweden. 

8. Negro, Caucasian, Indian, Mongolian, Caucasian. 

9. Answers will vary. 

10. Mobile Bay, Gulf of Mexico, Florida Straits, Atlantic Ocean, Chesapeake Bay. 



2d and 3rd Grades, ----- May 3, 1890. 

1. In the Torrid zone. 

3. Gulf of Mexico; Gulf of St. Lawrence; Gulf of St. Lawrence; Chesapeake Bay; 
Gulf of St. Lawrence. 

3. Pittsburgh, located in Western Pennsylvania, at the confluence of the Alleghany 

and Monongahela rivers. Noted for extensive manufactories of iron and glass. 

4. Because of its greater elevation and of its greater distance from the Pacific coast. 

5. Wyoming; North Carolina; Alaska; New York; Oregon. 

6. They are located oft" the west coast of Alaska. 

7. Answers will vary. 

8. Siberia; England; Spain; China; France. 

9. Monarchial; Republican; Republican; Monarchial; Monarchial. 
10. Answers will vary. 



2d and 3rd Grades, ----- August 19, 1890. 

1. They are islands built of coral, a limestone secreted by animals of that name. 
They are most numerous in the Pacific ocean. 

3. The rays of the sun strike the earth more directly, or more nearly in a vertical di- 
rection, in July, and hence heat it more. 

3. Caucasian, Mongolian, Malay, American Indian, Negro. Answers will vary as to 

distinctive characteristics. 

4. Nova Scotia, Florida, Yucatan, Lower California, Alaska. 

5. Columbia, Colorado, Yukon. (Any two.) 

6. North, by North Dakota; east, by Minnesota and Iowa; south, by Nebraska; west, 

by Wyoming and Montana. 

115 



State of New York. 
uniform examination questions, 



GEOGRAPHY. 

2d and 3rd Grades, ----- August 19, 1890. 

7. Name tlie two most important occupations of the people of New England. (10) 

8. Name, in order of their size, the three largest rivers of South America. (10) 

9. What two large rivers flow into the Yellow Sea? (10) 

10. The longitude of Washington is about 77° west, what is the longitude of a place 

100 degrees east of Washington? (10) 

1st Grade, ------ August 19, 1890. 

1. Describe the processes by which the water of the sea returns to the sources 

of the rivers. (10) 

2. Account for difference of temperature, in the same latitude, between places of 

different elevation. (10) 

3. Name ten kinds of trees peculiar to tropical regions. (10) 

4. Name the States in which these lakes are located: Moosehead; Okechobee; 

Winnepesaukee; Pontchartrain; Itasca. (10) 

5. In what States and on what rivers are these cities located ? Memphis? Rochester ? 

Richmond ? Vicksburg ? Kansas City ? (10) 

6. What State produces the most sugar of any in the Union ? The most salt ? The 

most coal ? The most petroleum ? The most copper? (10) 

7. In what two countries of Europe were the most famous nations of ancient time ? (10) 

8. In which country of Asia do the most intelligent Mongolians live? (10) 

9. When the sun is ten degrees above the horizon at the south pole, on what 

latitude is it in the zenith at noon? (10) 

10. Name five counties of this State which are drained, partly by the St. Lawrence 

and its tributaries, and partly by the Hudson and its tributaries. (10) 

2d and 3d Grades, ----- September 6, 1890. 

1. Describe the shortest water route from New York to San Francisco. (10) 

2. Name ten kinds of tropical fruit. (10) 

3. In what states and on what rivers are these cities : St. Louis? Austin? 

Omaha? St. Paul? Bangor? (10) 

4. Name the three greatest cotton-producing States of the Union ? (10) 

5. In what part of Mexico is the climate pleasant and healthful ? Why? (10) 

6. What is the most northern cape of Asia? The most eastern? (10) 

7. Name three large islands of Malaysia. (10) 

8. From what two localities do we get the best cofEee? (10) 

9. From a place whose longitude is sixty degrees west, and whose latitude is forty 

degrees north, we go south sixty-five degrees and east one hundred degrees, 
what latitude and longitude do we reach? (10) 

10. Give the name of a college or university in each of these places : Ithaca, New 
York city, Poughkeepsie, Rochester. Schenectady, Hamilton, Syracuse, 
Clinton, Geneva, Canton. (10) 

116 



State of New York. 
department of public instruction, 

GEOGRAPHY.— Answers. 
2d and 3rd Grades, August 19, 1890. 

7. Manufacturing and commerce 

8. Amazon, La Plata, Orinoco. 

9. Hoang-Ho and Yang-tse-Kiang. 

10. About twenty-three degrees east longitude. 

1st Grade, ...... August 19, 1890. 

1. The sun warms the water and it rises in the form of vapor; the vapor is carried by 

the wind to the highlands; cold currents of the air condense the vapor and it 
falls in the form of rain. 

2. The atmosphere becomes heated mainly by contact with the solid earth which has 

first been heated by the rays of the sun. The high places, being further removed 
from the heated earth, remain cooler. 

3. Answers will vary, 

4. Maine; Florida; New Hampshire; Louisiana; Minnesota. 

5. Tenn., Mississippi; N. Y., Genesee River; Va., James River; Miss., Mississippi 

River; Mo. , Missouri River. 

6. La. ; N. Y. ; Pa. ; Pa. ; Mich. 

7. Greece and Rome. 

8. Japan. 

9. Ten degrees, S. Lat. 
10. Answers will vary. 

2d and 3d Grades, . . . . . September 6, 1890. 

1. Southward on the Atlantic, round Cape Horn, then northward on the Pacific. 

2. Answers will vary. 

3. Missouri ou the Mississippi river; Texas on the Colorado river; Nebraska on the 

Missouri river; Minnesota on the Mississippi river; Maine on the Penobscot river. 

4. Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi. 

5. On the elevated table land in the interior; because, on account of the elevations, the 

air is comparatively cool and dry. * 

6. North East Cape; East Cape. 

7. Borneo, Sumatra, Java. 

8. Arabia and Java. 

9. Latitude twenty-five south, and longitude forty degrees east. 

10. Cornell, Columbia (or others), Vassar, Rochester, Union, Colgate, Syracuse, Hamil- 
ton, Hobart, St. Lawrence. 

117 



State of New York. 
uniform examination questions. 

GEOGRAPHY. 

2d and 3d Grades, . . . . October 4, 1890. 

1. Describe the shortest water route from New York to Bombay. (10) 

2. Name the largest two rivers of North America, north of the St. Lawrence. (10) 

3. What advantages of location have contributed to the growth of the^ city of 

Pittsburg, Penn. ? ' (10) 

4. What effect is a great extent of sea-coast likely to have upon the climate of a 

country ? What effect upon the occupation of the people? (10) 

5. Name five States contiguous to Ohio. (10) 

6. Name and locate the capital, and largest city, respectively, of the Dominion of 

Canada. (10) 

7. What country of Europe has the most extensive plains? What country of 

Europe has the grandest mountain scenery? (10) 

8. Name five cities on the line of the New York, West Shore and Buffalo Railroad. (10) 

9. Name five kinds of animals peculiar to tropical countries. (10) 
10. Name five of tlie largest manufacturing cities of this State. (10) 

2d and 3d Grades, - . . _ . November 1, 1890. 

Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 

1. Name three important mineral products of Pennsylvania, 

2. What are Geysers ? Where would you go to find them on the grandest scale ? 

3. What effect has the Sierra Nevada mountains on the climate of the region east 

of them ? 

4. Name five bays on the coast of New England. 

5. In what region of South America is the climate hottest ? 

6. Name five kinds of animals found native in the North Frigid zone. 

7. Which countrj- of Europe produces most wine ? tin ? silk ? lace ? salt ? 

8. In what country of Europe is Mohammedanism the pievailing religion? In what 

country was Mahomet born ? 

9. Name one sea and two channels between Great Britain and Ireland. 

10. Describe the Congo river, mentioning source, direction, and water into which it 
flows. 

2d and 3d Grades, - - - January 17, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 

1. Name in order of size the grand divisions of the western continent. 

2. Bound Mexico. 

3. Name three territories of the United States. 

4. Name five tributaries of the Mississippi river in order, from south to north. 

5. Name the metropolis of each of the following: United States, England, France, 

Russia, Brazil. 

6. In the production of what staple is British India a rival of the United States ? 

7. Name the Barbary States. 

8. What is the distance in degrees from the Tropic of Cancer to the Tropic of 

Capricorn ? 

118 



State of New York. 
department of public instruction. 



GEOGRAPHY. — Answers. 
2d and 3rd Grades, . . . - . October 4, 1890. 

1. Eastward, across the Atlantic, through the Strait of Gibraltar, across the Mediter- 

ranean sea, through the Suez canal, the Red sea, Straits of Bab-el-Mandeb, Gulf 
of Aden and Arabian sea. 

2. McKenzie, Yukon. 

3. The advantages of coal and iron supplies and of river navigation. 

4. It makes the climate milder; the people are likely to be engaged in commerce, and, 

perhaps, fishing. 

5. Pennsylvania, West "Virginia, Kentucky, Indiana, Michigan. 

6. Ottawa, the capital, on Ottawa river; Montreal, the largest city, on St. Lawrence 

river. 

7. Russia. Switzerland. 

8. Answers may differ. 

9. Answers may differ. 

10. New York, Buffalo, Troy, Rochester, Syracuse. Reasonable variations may be 
allowed. 



2d and 3rd Grades, November 1, 1890. 

1. Coal, petroleum, iron, etc. 

8. Geysers are springs which spout jets of hot water into the air periodically. The 
grandest geysers are in the Yellowstone Park. 

3. These mountains condense the vapor coming from the Pacific, and so cause the 

climate east of them to l)e very dry. 

4. Answers may differ. 

5. In the valley of the Amazon. 

6. Answers may differ. 

7. Prance ; England : Prance ; Belgium ; Austria. 

8. Turkey ; Arabia. 

9. Irish Sea, St. George's Channel, North Channel. 

10. It rises in the eastern part of Africa, flows westward and empties into the 
Atlantic ocean. 



2d and 3rd Grades, January 17, 1891. 

1. North America, South America. 

2. North by the United States and Gulf of Mexico ; East by the United States, Gulf 

of Mexico, and Central America ; South by Central America and the Atlantic 
Ocean ; West by Atlantic Ocean. 

3. Answers may differ. 

4. Red, Arkansas, Ohio, Missouri and Illmois Rivers. 

5. New York ; London ; Paris ; St. Petersburg ; Rio Janeiro. 
G. Cotton. 

7. Morocco, Algeria, Tunis, Tripoli and Country of Dates. 

8. 47°. 

119 



State of New York. 

UNIFORM EXAMlNATIOli QUESTIONS. 



GEOGRAPHY. 

2d and 3rd Grades, - _ . . . January 17, 1891. 

9. {a) What is the earth's orbit 1 

(b) What is the plane of that orbit ? 
10. Name two large rivers which rise in New York, each emptying directly into an 
arm of the Atlantic ocean. 

2d and 3rd Grrades, ----- February 14, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 

1. Name three provinces of Canada. 

2. Name (a) the lakes which border on Michigan; (b) the metropolis of Michigan. 

3. Locate Rochester; Elmira; Auburn; Gloversville; Binghamtou. 

4. (a) Draw an outline map of California. 

(b) On it locate San Francisco, the Sierra Nevada Mts., and the Sacramento River. 

5. Name five mining States west of the Mississippi River. 

6. Name three bays of Europe and two of Asia, giving the body of water of which 

each is an arm. 

7. Locate Liverpool ; Copenhagen; Tunis; Hamburg; Rome. 

8. What are two important industries of Australia? 

9. Name a prominent river in each of the following countries, stating the general 

direction of the river and the water into which it flows: France; Brazil; Hindoo- 
stan. 
10. (.«) What is a water-shed? 

{b) What is a river basin ? ' 

2d and 3rd Grades, . - . . - Marcii 3, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 

1. Name five states of the union which have no sea coast, and give the capital of 

each. 

2. W^hich is the largest of the great lakes, and which one lies wholly in the United 

States ? 

3. Where is Alaska, and for what is it noted ? 

4. Name three of the chief mineral productions of Pennsylvania, and give the locality 

of each. 

5. W^hat is the seaport of Paris ? 

6. Name two important imports which come from Brazil. 

7. In what direction is Boston from Quebec? 

8. What and where is the Grecian Archipelago ? 
9- W^hat bay north of Spain ? 

10. Where is the Japan Empire, and of what does it consist 

1st Grade, ------ March 3, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 

1. What is (a) the sensible horizon ? (&) the true or real horizon ? 

2. Name two causes for the change of seasons. 

3. (a) What is standard time ? (b) From what meridian is standard eastern time reckoned ? 

4. Locate (a) Toledo; (&) Milwaukee; (c) Louisville; (cZ) New Orleans; (e) Tacoma. 



120 



State of New York. 
department of public instruction. 



GEOGRAPHY. — Answers. 
2d and 3rd Grades, . . . . January 17, 1891. 

9. (a) The Earth's path about the Sun. 

(J) The surface included by that path. 
10. Two of the following : Hudson, Susquehanna, Delaware. 

2d and 3rd Grades, » . - February 14, 1891. 

1. Answers may differ. 

3. {a) Lakes Superior, Michieran, Huron, Erie, and St. Clair. 
(6) Detroit. 

3. Western New York; Southern New York; West Central New York- East Central 

New York; Southern New York. 

4. To be judged by commissioner. 

5. Answers may differ. 

6. Answers may differ. 

7. Western part of England ; Eastern part of Denmark; Northern part of Tunis; North- 

western part of Germany; Western part of Italy. 

8. Mining, stock-rearing, and agriculture are the more important. 

9. Answers may differ. 

10. (a) A height of land separating two river basins. 
(5) All the territory drained by a river, 

2d and 3rd Grades, . - . . _ March 3, 1891. 

1. Answers may differ. 

2. Superior, Michigan. 

3. North-west of British America. Furs, fisheries, and physical features. 

4. Coal in the north-eastern and western parts. Iron in the eastern part. , Petroleum 

in the north-western part. Slate in the eastern part. 

5. Havre. 

6. Any two of the following: coffee, sugar, rice, tropical fruits, spices, nuts. 

7. East of south. (General direction is south.) 

8. A number of islands south of and belonging to Greece in the Mediterranean, or 

^l^Igean sea. 

9. Bay of Biscay. 

10. East of China, and consists of islands- 



1st Grade, March 3, 1891. 

1. {a) The circle formed by the apparent meeting of the earth and sky. (6) A plane 

parallel to the sensible horizon and passing through the center of the earth. 

2. The inclination of the earth's axis and the revolution of the earth about the sun. 

3. (a) Standard time is time reckoned, in the United States, from the . meridians 75% 

90°, 105°, and 120°. (5) 75°. 

4. (a) In Ohio at the western extremity of Lake Erie. (Z>) South-eastern Wisconsin, on 

Lake Michigan, (c) Northern Kentucky, on the Ohio River, (d) South-eastern 
Louisiana, on the Mississippi River, (e) Western part of Washington, near Puget 
Sound. 

121 



State of New York. 

UNIFORM EXAMINATION QUESTIONS. 



GEOGRAPHY. 
1st G-rade, -.--.. March 3, 1891. 

5. In what general direction do the monntain ranges of the following extend: {n) North 

America? (5) Europe? (c)Asia? 

6. What mountain system in the western part of North America extends into South 

America ? By what name are these mountains known in South America V 

7. Locate Sardinia, Ceylon, and New Zealand. 

8. Into what do the following rivers flow, respectively: Rhine? Rhone? Nile? Ganges? 

Amazon ? 

9. Of what waters is each of the following seas an arm: {a) North ? (b) Black ? (c) Japan ? 

{d} Adriatic ? [e) Arabian ? 

10. Name two republics of Euorpe. 

2d and 3rd Grades, ..... April 4, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 

1. To which of the five races of mankind do the English belong ? The Japanese ? 

2. Name three conditions which affect the climate of a place ? 

3. What is latitude ? 

4. How many states compose the United States ? 

5. What lake is drained by the Alleghany river ? By the Niagara river ? 

6. What two peninsulas partially enclose the Gulf of St. Lawrence ? 

7. From what coast and into what waters do the following capes project («) Cape Race; 

{h) Cape Horn; (c) Cape Hatteras? 

8. What lands does th3 Strait of Gibraltar separate ? What waters does it connect? 

9. Name the waters of the shortest water route between Constantinople and Calcutta. 
10. For what is Siberia noted (a) politically; (&) as to mining products? 



2d and 3rd Grades, . . . . . May 2, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 

1. Define longitude. 

2. Reckoning from the meridian of Greenwich, where is the place of no latitude and 

no longitude ? 

3. What is the largest commercial city {a) on the west coast of America? (6) on the east 

coast ? 

4. Locate, (a) the Great Dismal Swamp; (b) the Everglades. 

5. In what direction from Washington is Richmond ? 

6. What region is drained by the Mississippi river and its tributaries? 

7. Name the political divisions of Great Britain. 

8. What waters separate Great Britain from France? 

9. Name four islands of the West Indies. 

10. Locate the following mountains; (a) the Pyrenees; (6) Alps; (c) Scandinavian. 

122 



State of New York. 
department of public instruction. 



GEOGRAPHY. — Answers. 
1st Grade, ....._ March 3, 1891. 

5. (a) North and South. (6) North-east and south-west, (c) East and West. 

6. Rocky. Andes. 

7. In the Mediterranean Sea between Spain and Italy. In the Indian Ocean, south of 

Hindoostan. South-east of Australia, in the Pacific Ocean. 

8. German Ocean. Gulf of Lyons. Mediterranean Sea. Bay of Bengal. Atlantic 

Ocean. 

9. (a) Atlantic Ocean. (6) Mediterranean Sea. (c) Pacific Ocean, (d) Mediterranean 

Sea. (e) Indian Ocean. 
10. France, Switzerland, San Marino, Andorra. 



2d and 3rd Grades, - - - - - April 4, 1891. 

1. Caucasian. Mongolian. 

2. Answers will differ. 

3. Latitude is distance south or north from the equator. 

4. Forty-four. 

5. Chautauqua lake. Lake Erie. 

6. Labrador and Nova Scotia. 

7. (a) East coast of New Foundland, into the Atlantic ocean. (5) Southern coast of 

South America, into the Antarctic ocean, (c) East coast of North Carolina, into the 
Atlantic ocean. 

8. Spain from Morocco. Atlantic ocean and Mediterranean sea. 

9. Sea of Marmora, Dardanelles, Mediterranean sea, Suez canal, Red sea. Strait of 

Bab-el-Mandeb, Indian ocean, Bay of Bengal . 
10. (a) Place of exile for Russian criminals, (b) Gold, silver, iron, and lead; also prec- 
ious stones are found. 

2d and 3rd Grades, - - - - - May 2, 1891. 

1 . Distance east or west from a prime or standard meridian. 

2. At the point where the prime meridian crosses the equator. 

3. {a) San Francisco. (6) New York. 

4. {a) South-eastern part of Virginia and north-eastern part of North Carolina. 

(b) Southern part of Florida. 

5. South. 

6. The principal portion of that part of the United States included between the Alle- 

ghany Mountain system and the Rocky Mountain system. 

7. England, Scotland, Wales. 

8. English Channel and Strait of Dover. 

9. Answers may differ. 

10. {a) On the borders of France and Spain. Qf) On the borders of France, Switzerland 
and Italy, (c) On the borders of Norway and Sweden. 

123 



State of New York. 
uniform examination questions. 



GEOGRAPHY. 
2d and 3rd Grades, . . . - . June 13, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has ten credits assif^ned to it. 

1. Define (a) parallels; (b) meridians. 

2. What parallel forms {a) the northern boundary of the western part of the United 

States ? (&) The uorthern boundary of Pennsylvania ? 

3. What political divisions of North America lie wholly in the torrid zone ? 

4. Name the States which border on Lake Erie. 

5. Name (a) three States which produce cotton, and {p) two which produce tobacco. 

6. On what two rivers is Philadelphia ? 

7. Locate (a) Pittsburg ; (6) Memphis. 

8. In what counties of New York are the principal salt works located? 

9. Describe the Hudson and Delaware rivers (a) as to source ; ip) general direction ; (c) 

into what each flows. 
10. Name two overland routes to California. 



124 



State of New York. 

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTltUCTlON. 

GEOGRAPHY. — Answers. 
2d and 3rd Grades, ..... June 13, 1891. 

1. («) Small circles parallel to the equator, (p) Semicircles extending from pole to pole 
cutting the equator at right angles. 

3. {a) The parallel of 49° N. (6) The parallel of 42* N. 

3. Costa Rica, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua, San Salvador, Balize. 

4. New York, Pennsylvania, Ohio. Michigan. 

5. Answers may differ. 

6. Schuylkill and Delaware. 

7. {a) Western part of Pennsylvania at the junction of the Alleghany and Monongahela 

rivers. (6) South-western part of Tennessee on the Mississippi river. 

8. Onondaga, Wyoming and Livingston . 

9. Hudson river rises in the Adirondack mountains, flows south, into New York bay. 

Delaware river rises in the southern part of New York, flows south, into Delaware 
bay 

10. The Northern Pacific and its connections, the Union Pacific and its connections, and 
the Southern Pacific, 

125 



State of New York. 
uniform examination questions. 



GRAMMAR. 
2d. and 3d Grades, - - April 5, 1890. 

1 This was the crisis of Pizarro's fate. There are moments in the lives of men, 

2 which, as they are seized or neglected, decide their future destiny. Had Pizarro 

3 faltered from his strong purpose, and yielded to the occasion, now so temptingly 

4 offered, for extricating himself and his broken band from their desperate position, 

5 his name would have been buried with his fortunes, and the conquest of Peru 

6 would have been left for other and more successful adventurers 

W. H. Prescott. 
The first eight questions refer to the above selection. 

Notes —1. A combination of subject and predicate is called a clause. Clauses are principal or 
subordinate. 

3. Subordinate clauses include (a) subject clauses; (b) objective clauses ; (c) adjective clauses; 
(d) adverbial clauses. 

3. In naming a clause, include only its nnmodifled subject and unmodified predicate. 

4. A preposition with its object is called a phrase. 

5. In naming a phrase, give only tbe preposition and its unmodified object. 
6 A modifier may be a word, phrase or clause. 

7. An object of a transitive verb is classed as a modifier of that verb. 

8 Only eight parts of speech are recognized — the articles the and a forming a subdivision of 
adjectives, and participles being one of the forms of verbs. 
9. Infinitives are classed a'i modes of the verb. 

10. In parsing a noun or pronoun, observe the following order: class, person, number, gender, 
case. Give the reason for case. In parsing a relative pronoun, state the agreement with its ante- 
cedent. 

11. In giving the syntax of a noun or pronoun, give only the case and the reason for it. 

13. Treat verbs as divided into two classes only, viz., transitive and intransitive ; a transitive verb 
may be used in the active or the pas^^ive voice. 

13. In parsing a verb, observe the following order: principal parts, regular or irregular, transi- 
tive or intransitive, voice, mode, tense, person, number, agreement; give tbe special use of an in- 
finitive or a participle after tense. 

1. Select three subordinate clauses and state what each modifies. ■ 10 

2. Give three modifiers of extricating (line 4). See note 7. 10 

3. Select two prepositions, and state between what words each shows the relation. 10 

4. What does offered (line 4) modify ? As a modifier, it performs the office of what 

part of speech ? 10 

5. Give the mode and tense of {a) are seized (line 2); (V) had faltered (lines 2 and 3); 

(c) would ham been left (line 6). 10 

6. Give syntax of (a) crisis (line 1); {h) moments (line 1). 10 

7. Give the third person, plural number of are seized through all the tenses of the 

indicative mode, passive voice, using they as the subject. 10 

8. Select three adverbs, one of time, one of degree, and one of manner. 10 

9. Define a personal pronoun. 10 
10. Write a sentence having two subjects, and the verb of the predicate in the sin- 
gular number. 10 

2d and 3rd Grades, . . . _ . May 3, 1890. 

1 Each State will bring its generous contribution to the great aggregate of the nation's 

2 increase. And, when the harvest from the fields, the cattle from the hills, and the 

3 ores of the earth, shall have been weighed, counted, and valued, we will turn from 

4 them all, to crown with the highest honor the State that has most promoted educa- 

5 tion, virtue, justice, and patriotism among the people. 

President Benjamin Harrison. 
The first seven questions refer to the above selection. 
Note. — See Notes under Grammar in April examination. 

1. Classify the clauses as principal or subordinate. 10 

2. Give the modifiers of has promoted. 10 

3. Select two transitive verbs, one in the active voice, and one in the passive voice. 10 

4. Select three verbs each representing a different tense. Name the tenses selected. 10 

5. Select a noun and a pronoun in the possessive case. 10 

6. Select an example of each of three parts of speech used to connect sentences or 

clauses. 10 

7. Give the syntax of (a) cattle (line 2); (6) State (line 4). 10 

8. Illustrate Isy sentences the correct use of five different prepositions. 10 

9. Write a sentence containing a relative pronoun in the plural number and objec- 

tive case. 10 

10. Write a sentence containing two principal clauses. , 10 

126 



State of New York. 
department of public ins t li u g t i on. 

GRAMMAR.— Answers. 
2d and 3rd Grades, . . . . . April 5, 1890. 

1. Subordinate clauses: Which decide modifies moments. They are seized or neglected 

modifies decide. Had Pizarro faltered and yielded modifies would have been buried 
and irould Jiave been left. 

2. Extricating is modified by the objects himself and baud, and the phrase from position. 

3. Answers may difEer. 

4. Occasion. Adjective. 

5. {a) Indicative, present; {b) subjunctive, past; (c) potential, past perfect. 

6. (a) Predicate noun (attribute), agrees witli the subject in the nominative case; (6 

norninative, subject of are. 

7. Present, they are seized; past, they were seized; future, they will (shall) be seized; 

present perfect, they have been seized; past perfect, they had been seized; future 
perfect, they will (shall) have been seized. 

8. Time, now; degree, so, m,ore ; manner, temptingly. 

9. A pronoun which by its form indicates person is called a personal pronoun. 

10. Answers may difFer. 

2d and 3rd Grades, - . . _ . May 3, 1890. 

1. Principal clauses: State will bring ; tee will turn. Subordinate clauses: Harvest, 

cattle, and ores shall have been weighed, counted and valued ; that has promoted 

2. By the adverb most ; objects, education, virtue, justice and patriotism, and the phrase 

among people. 

3. Transitive verbs, active voice: Will bring ; to crown ; 7i,as promoted. Passive voice: 

Shall have been weighed, counted and valued. 

4. Present tense, to crown; future, loill bring; present perfect, 7ias promoted; future 

perfect, shall have been toeighed, counted and valued. 

5. Nation's; its. 

6. Conjunction, and ; adverb, when; pronoun, that. 

7. (rt) Subject of the verb shall have been counted, and in the nominative case; (6) object 

of the verb to crown. 

8. Answers may differ. * 

9. Answers may differ. 
10. Answers may differ. 

127 



State of New York. 
uniform examination questions. 

GRAMMAR. 

2d and 3d Grades, - - - - - August 19, 1890. 

1 We wisb, that in those days of disaster, which, as they come on all nations, must 

2 be expected to come on us also, desponding patriotism may turn its eyes hitherward, 

3 and be assured that the foundations of our national power still stand strong. 

Daniel Webster 

The first seven questions refer to the above selection. 

Note. — See Notes under Grammar in April examination. 

1. Select the subordinate clauses. 10 

3. Select three adverbial phrases. 10 

3. State to what part of speech each of the following belongs: (a) that (line 1); (b) 

which (line 1); (c) desponding (line 2); {d) hitherward (line 2); (e) that (line 3). 10 

4. Select a verb {a) in the potential mode; (5) in the infinitive mode. 10 

5. Parse in (line 1). 10 

6. Give syntax of (a) tchich (line 1); (6) its (line 2). 10 

7. Select two verbs in the passive voice. 10 

8. Define a jiersonal pronoun. 10 

9. Name three nouns which have the same form for both numbers. 10 
10. Write two sentences, one having the verb in the progressive form and the other 

in the passive form or voice. 10 

1st Grade, August 19, 1890. 

I make no specific reference to the means that have been used in one deplorable case, 
under guilty recommendations from above, with a view to disturbing this attitude, and 
arresting the progress of the movement; for I believe that the employment of such 
means and the issuing of such recommendations, will eventually aid the cause they 
were designed to injure. Gladstone. 

The first six questions refer to the above selection. 

Note. — See Notes under Grammar in April examination. 

1. Classify the subordinate clauses. (See notes 2 and 3.) 10 

2. Select five adjective phrases. (See note 5.) 10 

3. Select a participle, and an infinitive; state the ofiice of each as here used, 10 

4. Select three different pronouns, classify them, and give their syntax. 10 
5o Which verbs are passive ? 10 

6. Give three modifiers of have been used. 10 

7. Give the number of [a) ashes; {b) mathematics; (c) optics; ((f) thanks; (<?) shears. 10 

8. When may a proper noun be used as a common noun? Illustrate. 10 

9. Write a sentence containing a verbal (partici])ial) noun. 10 
10. Write a sentence containing a clause in apposition with a noun, 10 

2d and 3rd Grades, . . . . September 6, 1890. 

1 Deep into that darkness peering, long I stood there, wondering, fearing, 
3 Doubting, dreaming dreams no mortal ever dared to dream before; 

3 But the silence was unbroken, and the stillness L,T.i"e no token; 

4 And the only word there spoken was the whispered word, " Leuore ! " 

Edgau a. Pok. 
The first six questions refer to the above selection 
Note. — See Notes under Grammar in April examination. 
Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 

1. Classify the clauses as principal or subordinate. ^ 

2. What are the modifiers of peering (line 1)? 

3. What are the modifiers of /(line 1)? 

4. Parse " Lenore.'" 

128 



State of New York. 

DEPARTMENT F P UB L I G 1 N S T RU C T I O N. 

GRAMMAR.— Answers^ 

2d and 3rd Grades, - - - - August 19, 1890. 

1. W Mch must he expected ; They come ; Patriotism may turn and ha assured ; Foun- 

dations stand. 

2. In daijs; on nations ; on us. 

3. {a) coujunction; {h) pronoun; (4 adjective; {d) adverb; {e) conjunction. 

4. («) Must he expected ; may turn ; may he assured ; {h) to come. 

5. In is a preposition and shows the relation of its object days to tlie verb may turn. 

6. (a) Nominative case, subject of must he expected; (h) Possessive case, modifies eyes. 

7. Must be expected ; (may) he assured. 

8. A pronoun wliose form indicates person is a personal pronoun. 

9. Ex.: Deer; sheep; trout, etc 

10. Ex. : The boy is studying. 

The pupils were dismifeed. 

1st Grade, . . . . _ August 19, 1890. 

1. Adjective clauses: That have been used ; 

2^ hey were designed. 
Adverbial clause: I believe. 
Objective clause: Employment and issuing will aid. 

2. Adjective phrases: To means; from above ; to disturbing ; {to) arresting ; of move- 

ment; of means ; of recommendations. 

3. Participles disturbing and arresting, used also as nouns and objects of the preposi- 

tion to. The verbal noun issuing might also be given. Infinitive to injure, used 
as an adverbial modifier of wei'c designed. 

4. Personal pronouns: I, subject of tie verb (a) make, {h) believe; TJiey, subject of the 

verb were designed. 
Relative pronoun: That, subject <,f the verb, 7iave been used. 

5. Have been used ; were designed. ^ 

6. Adverbial phrases: incase; unde;'^ recommendations ; with view. 

7. Plural: Ashes, thanks, shears. Singular: Mathematics, optics. 

8. When it is used as the name of a class. Ex. He was the Cicero of his age. 

9. Ex. The lowering of the boat was attended with danger. 
10. Ex. The challenge, " Who goes there," was repeated. 

2d and 3rd Grades, - - - - - September 6, 1890. 

1. Principal clauses: 1 stood ; Silence^^was u7ibroke)i; Stillness gave; Word was inord. 

Subordinate clause: Mortal dare Ci. 

'\ 

2. Peering is modified by the adverb deep, and the adverbial phrase into darkness 

3. By the participles peering, wondering, fearing, doubting, dreaming. 

4. Lenore is a noun, proper, third person, singular number, feminine gender, nomina- 

tive case, in apposition with the noun word, 

129 



State ot- .New York. 

UNIFOE.V EXAMINA TION QUESTIONS. 

GRAMMAR. 

2d and 3rd Grades, - - - - - September 6, 1890. 

5. Give syntax of (a) dreams (line 2); (b) the secoi-.d word (line 4). 

6. Parse (a) 07ily; (b) there (line 4). 

7. Give plurals of (a) genus; (b) larva; (c) oasis; (d) radius; (e) criterion. 

8. Define a relative pronoun. 

9. Write a sentence containing as used as a conjun/ition. 

10. Write two sentences, one containing a verb in t'^ 9 active voice, and the other con- 
taining the same verb in the passive voice. ^_ ' 

2d and 3d Grades, - - - - 1' - October 4, 1890. 

1 The prince who Imitates their conduct should be warned by their example, and, 

2 while he plumes himself upon the security of his tiWe to the crown, should remember, 

3 that, as it was acquired by one revolution, it may lt<^ lost by another. 

"t Junius. 
The first six questions refer to the above selection. ' 
Note. — See Notes under Grammar in April examination. 1 

1. Select one adjective clause, and one objective clause. (10) 

2. Select two adverbial clauses. / (10) 

3. Name the two predicate verbs of which j)n'7ic« is tj'ae subject. (10) 

4. Parse (a) i!7ia< (line 3); as (line 3). (10) 

5. Give the mode of (a) the first verb; (Z>) the second verb. ' (10) 

6. State the voice of each of the last two verbs. ■ (10) 

7. Name five nouns which have no plurals. (10) 

8. Give the feminine of (a) sultan ; [{b) administrator; (c) hero; {d) czar; 

{e) equestrian. [1 (10) 

9. What is the rule in regard to the use of wJw, to^iSh and that as relating to per- 

sons or things. (10) 

10. In sentences, illustrate the use of the word fioeU (a) as an adjective; (5) as an 

adverb. (10) 

2d and 3rd Grades, - - - - - November 1, 1890. 

Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned io it. 

1 The night wind with a desola'te moan swept by, 

2 And the old shutters of the turret swung 

8 Screaming upon their hinges; and the moon, 
4 As the torn edges of the clouds flew past, 
6 Struggled aslant the stained und broken panes 

6 So dimly that the watchful eye of death 

7 Scarcely was conscious when it went and came. — [N. P. Willis. 

The first six questions refer to the above selecMon. 
Note. — See Notes under Grammar in April examin^'tion. 

1. Select three subordinate clauses, and state "^'^hat each modifies. 

2. Give three modifiers of eye (line 6). 

3. Give three modifiers of struggled (line 5). 

4. Select three conjunctions. 

5. Give syntax of (a) moon (line 3) ; {h)pa7ies (line 5). 

6. State to which part of speech each of the following words belongs: (a) night (line 1); 

(b) swept (line 1) ; (c) their (line 3); (d) screaming (Ime 3); (e) dimly (line 6). 

7. Give the gender of the noun army in the following sentence: The army in its 

march destroyed everytliiitg. 

130 



State of New York. 
department o'r' public i ns t r u g t ion . 

GRAMMAR.— Answers, 

2d and 3rd Grades, . . . . _ September 6, 1890. 

5. {a) Object of the^;"3rb dreaming, objective case; {b) attribute (predicate noun) agrees 

with the subject word in the nominative case. 

6. {a) Only is an adjective, and modifies the noun word ; (b) There is an adverb, and 

modifies the verb spoken. 

7. (a) genera; (b) larv*; (c) oases; (d) radii; (e) criteria. 

8. A pronoun which connects clauses is a relative pronoun. 

9. Ex. As he was going, he saw the train departing. 

10. Ex. John bought a book; a book was bought by John. 

2d and 3rd G-rades, - - . - . October 4, 1890. 

1. A djective clause : WTio imitates. 
Objective clause : It may be lost. 

2. Adverbial clauseu: He plumes; it was acquired. 

3. Should be warned, should remember. 

4. Ihat is a conjunc'ion and connects the clause. It may be lost to the verb should 

remember. As is a conjunction, and connects the clause, It was acquired to the 
verb jyiay be lost. 

5. ((x) Indicative; (5) potential. 

6. Both are in the passive voice. 

7. Ex. : Wisdom, gold, temperance, etc. 

8. (a) Sultana; (6) administratrix; (c) heroine; ((i) czarina; (e) equestrienne. 

9. Who refers to persons, which to things, and that to both. 
10. Ex. : (a) The man is veil; (b) the man behaves well. 



2d and 3rd Grades, - . . . . November 1, 1890. 

1. Edges flew, modifies the verb struggled; Eye was conscious, modifies the adverb so; 

It went and came, modifies the predicate teas consciotcs. 

2. Eye is modified by the adjectives the and roatchful, and the adjective phrase of death, 

and by the predicat3 adjective conscioiis. 

3. Struggled is modified by the adverbial clause. Edges flew, by the adverbial phrase 

aslant panes, and by the adverb dimly. 

4. And, as, that, when. ,, 

5. (a) Subject of s^ra^f^rZ^ii,— nominative case ; (6) object of the preposition aato»<, — 

objective case. i 

6. {a) Adjective ; (5) vei o ; (c) pronoun ; {d) verb ; {e) adverb. 

7. Neuter. « 



131 



State of Nev York. 
uniform exam1nati\^ questions. 

GRAMMAR. 

2d and 3rd Grades, • . . . . November 1, 1890. 

8. Give the nominative case j Jural of each of the personal pronGcas. 

9. By sentences illustrate the use of (a) a transitive verb in the eiphatic fonn; (b) an 

intransitive verb in the progressive form. 

10. Give the third person singular of the verb sit in all the tei es of the indicative 
mode. 



2d and 3rd Grades, - - - - \nuary 17, 1891. 

Each of the following qaesl ons has ten credits assi^ed to it. 

There is no better place for lunch than the summit of a c^l, or pass, where the 
cool breeze blows between the peaks, and where fam^iliar valley, and mountains lie 
behind, ready to disappear at your next advance, while a new'ystem as yet unex- 
plored is in front. 

K iVARD EgGIJISTOX. 

The first eight questions refer to the above selection. 
XoTE. — See Soti^ under Grammar in April examination. 

1. Name the five clauses, distinguishing between principal andsubordinate. 

2. Give (a) two modifiers of better; Q) two modifiers of vaUeys 

3. Classify the verbs as transitive or intransitive. 

4. y^-iXKii;!^ to disappear J QA unexplored J State what each modifies. 

5. Select (a) a pure conjunction, i. e. one which always . mnects ; (6) an adverb 

which also connects. 

6. State to what part of speech each of the following w- rds belongs ; (a) no ; (p) 

better; (c) lie ; (d) behind ; (e^ front. ' 

7. Give syntax of (a) place ; (b) summit. 

8. Parse system . 

9. Write a sentence containing (a) a noun used as an adjeclve ; {V) an adjective used 

as a noun. 
10. "Write a sentence containing a verb used (a) in the potential mode ; {h) in the 
imperative mode. 

2d and 3rd Grades, - - - - - ' February 14, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has tea credits assigned to it. 

As thev advanced, however, they met the long line of anbulances conveying the 
wounded of Hooker's brigade to the rear, whose groans and cri<s of distress, joined with 
the wind and rain, and the exhaustion of the long and terrible .narch, were not calculated 
to produce a favorable impression on them as they were going nto action. 

rOEL T. HEADLEY. 

The first seven questions refer to the above selection. 

Note. — See yotes under Grammar in April examination. 

1. Select three subordinate clauses. 

2. Give three modifiers of wounded. 

3. Select the words used to connect clauses, and state to what part of speech each be- 

longs . * 

4- Select two participles, (a) one used like a noun, i. e., substantively: (b) the other 
used adjectively. 

132 



I 



State of New York. 
department of public instruction, 

GRAMMAR.— Answers. 

2d and 3rd Grades, ... November 1, 1890. 

8. We, you, they. t 

9. Ex. : (a) The horse does draw the load ; 

The horse is trotting well. 

10. Present, Sits, Present perfect, Has sat, 

Past, Sat, Past perfect. Had sat, 

Future, Will sit, Future perfect, Will have sat. 

2d and 3rd Grades. . . _ - . January 17, 1891. 

1. Principal, tliere is flacc. Subordinate — Summit (is), breeze blows, valleys and 
' moxintains lie, system is 

2. {a) Adverb 7W. IhQ claM^e summit is; (b) i\x.Q n,(\.]ecivjes familiar a.nd ready . 

3. Intransitive, is, bloios, lie, to disappear. 

4. (a) Infinitive, modifies 7'mc?^; (b) adjective, modifies «ysi!em. 

5. (a) Than, and ; {b) where, xoliiU^ as. 

G. (a) Adverb; (b) adjective; (c)verb; (d) adverb; (<?) noun. 

7 (a) Nominative case, subject of is', {b) nominative, subject of a verb not expressed. 

8. Noun, common, third, singular, neuter, nominative, subject of the verb is. 

9. Ex. • (a) the knife has a metal handle; (5) Ex. : The good will be happy. 
10. Ex. : {a) he may go; (Z>)Ex. : John, come here. 



2d and 3rd Grades, February 14, 1891. 

1. Subordinate clauses. — They advanced. Groans and cries were calculated. TJiey 

were going. , 

2. {a) The adjective the. (&) The adjective phrase of brigade, (c) The adjective 

clause Groans and cries and exhaustion were calculated. 

3. (a) As, adverb. (6) WTiose, a relative pronoun. 

4. (a) Wounded, (i) Conveying, joined. 



133 



State of New York. 
tiniform examination questions. 

GRAMMAR. 

2d and 3rd Grades, . - - . February 14, 1891. 

5. V&Tse to produce. 

6. Select a transitive, and an intransitive verb, each in the common form, active voice, 

and another verb in the passive voice. 

7. Select three adjectives and two adverbs. 

8. Write a sentence containing what used {a) as an interjection; (6) as an adjective. 

9. Give the objective case, singular, of each of the personal pronouns. 

10. What determines the person, number and gender of a relative pronoun ? 



2d and 3rd Grades, - - - - - March 3, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 

1 I know a physician whose patients are always alarmingly sick when he is first 

2 called to them. As they usually get well, I am bound to believe that he is a good 

3 physician; but I am not bound to believe that they are all as sick at beginning as he 

4 supposes them to be. 

J. G. HOLLAND. 
The first seven questions jefer to the above selection. 

XoTE — See Notes und»r Grammar in April, 1890, examination. ' 

1. Select five subordinate clauses. 

2. Give the modifiers of (a) patients (line 1); (6) they (line 3). 

3. What is the object of {a) know (line 1); (&) to believe (line 3); (c) supposes (line 4). 

4. Classify as parts of speech as (line 2); (5) as (line 3). 

5. Give the syntax of physician (line 3); (&) them (line 4). 

6. Select {a) a transitive verb in the active voice; {b) a verb in the passive voice; (c) an 

intransitive verb. 

7. Select five different words that are pronouns. 

8. Give the past tense of (a) lie (to recline); (6) lay (to place); (c) sit; ((f) set; (e) beat — 

all in the indicative mode. 

9. Give the plural of (a) motto; (&) flagstaff; (c) valley; {d) nebula; (e) halo. 
10. Write a sentence whose subject is modified by an adjective clause. 

1st Grade. ------- March 3, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 

1 Mr. Weller having obtained leave of absence from Mr. Pickwick, who, in his then 

2 state of excitement and worry, was by no means displeased at being left alone, set 

3 forth long before the appointed hour; and having plenty of time at his disposal, saun- 

4 tered down as far as the Mansion House, where he paused and contemplated, with a 

5 face of great calmness and philosophy, the numerous cads and drivers of short stages 

6 who assemble near that famous place of resort, to the great terror and confusion of 

7 the old-lady population of these realms. 

CHARLES DICKENS. 

The first five questions refer to the above selection. 
Note. — See Notes under Gratnmar in April, 1890, examination. 
1. Select three subordinate clauses and state what each modifies. 

134 



State of New York. 
department of public ins t liu c t ion. 

GRAMMAR.— Answers. 

2d and 3d Grades, . . - . . February 14, 1891. 

5. Verb — principal parts — produce, produced, producing, produced; regular; transi- 

tive; active voice; infinitive mode; present tense; xnodi^es is calculated . 

6. Transitive verbs, — met, conveying, to produce. 
Intransitive verb, advanced. 

Verbs in passive voice, — joined, were calculated, wounded. 

7. Adjectives, — long, the, terrible, a, favorable. 
Adverbs, — as, however, not. 

8. {a) Ex. : What ! Is this true? (6) Ex. : What answer did you get ? 

9. Me, thee, hira, her, it. 
10. Its antecedent. 

2d and 3rd Grades, ....-- March 3, 1891. 

1. Subordinate clauses — Patients are sick. He is called. They get well. Re is physi- 

cian. They are sick. He supposes. 

2. (a) Possessive whose and adjective sick ; {b) adjectives all and sick. 

3. (a) Physician ; (&) ha is physician ; (c) them to be {sick). 

4. {a) Adverb ; (6) conjunction. ^ 

5. {a) Attribute (predicate noun). Agrees with the subject he in the nominative case ; 

(6) subject of the infinitive to be, and in the objective case. 

6. (a) Know, to believe, supposes ; (b) is called, am bound ; (c) get, to be. 

7. I, whose, he, they, them. 

8. (a) Lay ; (&) laid ; (c) sat ; (d) set ; (c) beat . 

9. {a) Mottoes ; (6) flagstaffs ; (c) valleys ; {d) nebulae ; (e) halos. 
10. Answers will differ. Ex. : He who studies will learn. 



1st Grade, ---=,.-- March 3, 1891. 

"1. Subordinate Clauses: 

Who was displeased ; Mansion House {is far). 
He paused and contemplated. Who assemble. 



135 



State of New York. 
uniform examination q ue8t10n8. 

GRAMMAR. 

1st Grade, . • - - - - - March 3, 1891 

2. {a) Select a participle used like a noun, and give its syntax. (&) Select a participle 

used like an adjective and state what it modifies. 

3. Select (a) an adverb modifying a verb ; (b) an adverb modifying an adverb; (c) an ad- 

verb modifying a phrase. 

4. Give syntax of {a) leave i\me 1); (b) Mansion House (line 4); (c) drivers (line 5). 

5. Classify as parts of speech (a) tTien (line 1); (5) the second as (line 4); (c) old-lady 

(line 7). 

6. Give the syntax of dictator in the sentence: "The Senate caused Sulla to be j^ro- 

claimed dictator." 

7. Name two conjunctions whose office is to connect either principal clauses to principal 

clauses, or subordinate clauses to subordinate clauses. 

8. In what tenses is the emphatic form of verbs used ? 
Give an example of each. 

9. Give the first person, singular of the verb sit, in all the tenses of the indicative 

mode, naming the tenses. 
10. By sentences illustrate the use of that as {a) a pronoun ; (6) an adjective: (c) a con- 
junction. 

2d and 3rd Grades, . . . , - April 4, 1891. 

Each of the followiug questions has ten credits assigned to it. 

1 Our system of education, which has been growing in popularity of late in all our 

2 higher institutions of learning, places the student far too much in a kind of great 

3 machine, where his individuality is lost in the working of the machinery. 

PRESIDENT TIMOTHY D WIGHT. 
The first seven questions refer to the above selection. 
Note. — See Notes under Grammar in April, 1890, examination. 

1. Classify all the clauses as principal or subordinate. 

2. What are the modifiers of {a) system (line 1); (&) machine (line 3)? 

3. Select {a) a verbal noun; (6) an adverb modifying another adverb. 

4. Select {a) a verb in the passive voice; (6) a verb in the. progressive form. 

5. Give syntax of (a) system (line 1); (&) student (line 2). 

6. Parse our (first word in line 1). 

7. Classify as parts of speech all the words used to connect clauses. 

8. Define a proper noun. Give an example. 

9. Give the plural of {a) analysis; (6) bacillus; (c) spoonful; (d) focus; (e) brother-m-law. 
10. Write a sentence -whose verb is in the potential mode, past perfect (pluperfect) tense. 
2d and 3rd Grades, . - . . - May 2, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 

1 Prudence, indeed, will dictate that governments long established, should not be 

2 changed for light and transient causes ; and, accordingly, all experience hath shown 

3 that mankind are more disposed to suiJer, while evils are sufferable, than to right 

4 themselves by abolishing the forms to which they are accustomed. — [Declaration of 

Independence. 

The first seven questions refer to the above selection. 
Note. — See Notes under Grammar in April, 1890, examination. 

1. Select (a) one adjective clause; (&) one objective clause; (c) one adverbial clause. 

2. Give two modifiers of are disposed. 

136 



State of New York. 

DEPARTMEITT OF PUBLIC INSTRV OTION. 



Appointed miglit be 



(c) Object of contem 



GRAMMAR.— Answers. 

1st Grade, .---.. March 3, 1891. 

2. (a) Being left, object of the preposition at. 
(b) Having obtained and having. Both modify 3Tr. Wetter. 

allowed. 

3. (a) Alone, forth, doion,far, where, (p) As. (c) Lo)'g. 

4. {a) Object of having obtained, (b) Subject of is not expressed. 

platea. 

5. (a) An adjective. (5) A conjunction, (c) An adjective. 

6. Attribute; (predicate noun); agrees with the subject Sulla in the objective case. 

7. Answers may differ. ' Ex. : And, but. 

8. Present and Past. Ex.: I do see. I did see. 

9. Present, I sit. Past, I sat. Future, I shall (will) sit. 

Present perfect, I have sat . Past perfect, I had sat. Future perfect, I shall (will) 
have sat. 
10. Answers may differ. Ex. : (a) The book that lies on the table is new. (6) That 
answer was correct, (c) I know that he will come. 

2d and 3rd Grades, . . - - - April 4, 1891. 

1. Principal clause, system places. Subordinate clauses, ichich lias been growing, in- 

dividuality is lost. 

2. (a) The pronoun our and- the phrase of education, {b) The adjective great and the 

clause, individuality is lost. 

3. (a) Working, (b) Far or too. 

4. (a) Is lost. (&) Has been growing. 

5. (a) Subject of the verb places, nominative case. (6) Object of the verb places, objec. 

tive case. 

6. Our is a pronoun, personal, first person, plural number, masculine and feminine 

genders, possessive case, and modifies system. 

7. Which is a pronoun. Where is an adverb. 

8. The name of a particular person, place or thing is a proper noun. Ex., Boston. 

9. {a) Analyses. (&) Bacilli, {c) Spoonfuls, [d) Foci, {e) Brothers-in-law. 
10. Answers will differ. Ex., He would have come. 



2d and 3rd Grades, 

1. {a) They are accustomed. 

(c) Evils are suffer able. 

2. The adverb more and the infinitive to suff'er. 



May 2, 1891. 

(6) Governments should be changed, Mankind are disposed. 



137 



State of New York. 

UNIFORM EXAMINATION QUESTIONS, 

GRAMMAR. 

2d and 3rd Grades, - - May 2, 1891. 

8. Select three verbs, each in a different mode. Give the mode of each. 

4. Select five adverbs. 

5. Parse hy (line 4) ; to (line 4). 

6. Give syntax of {a) governments (line 1) ; {h) forms (line 4). 

7. Select {a) a participle in the active voice ; (5) a participle in the passive voice. 

8. Define an abstract noun. Give an example. 

9. Give the plural of {a) court-martial ; (6) loaf ; {c) erratum ; {d) lady ; {e) die (for 

coining). 
10. Write a sentence containing a verb in the passive voice, indicative mode, future per- 
fect (second future) tense. 



2d and 3rd Grades, . . . . . June 13, 1891. 

Each of the followiug questions has ten credits assigned to it. 

1 There are few that will trouble themselves to examine minutely a blossom 

2 that they have seen and neglected from their childhood; and yet, if they would but 

3 question such flowers, and commune with them, they would often be surprised to 

4 find extreme beauty where it had long been overlooked. — {Henry Ward BeecJier. 

The first eight questions refer to the above selection. 
Note. — See JVotes under Grammar in April, 1890, examination. 

1. Give the predicates of three subordinate clauses. 

2. Select three verbs, each in a different mode. Give the mode of each. 

3. Select three verbs each in a different tense. Give the tense of each. 

4. Parse (a) but (line 2); (&) such (line 3). 

5. Give syntax of (a) that (line 1); (b) that (line 2). 

6. Select an adjective used as a noun (adjective pronoun), and give its syntax. 

7. Select seven words each representing a different part of speech. 

8. Define a personal pronoun. Give an example. 

9. Compare two adjectives, each in a different way. 

10. Write a sentence whose subject is modified by an adjective, a phrase, and a clause. 

138 



State of New York. 
department of pub li c ijsts t ru c t 10 n, 

GRAMMAR.— Answers. 

2d and 3rd Grades, ..... May 2, 1891. 

3. Indicative mode, mil dictate, hath shown, are disposed, are, are accustomed. Poten- 

tential mode, should be changed. Infinitive mode, to suffer, to right. Participial 
mode (according to some), established, abolishing. 

4. Indeed, long, not, accordingly, more, while. 

5. By is a preposition and shows the relation between abolishing and to right. To is a 

X^reposition and shows the relation between tchich and are accustomed. 

6. (a) Subject of should be changed, — nominative case, {b) Object of abolishing, — 

objective case. 

7. (a) Abolishing, (b) Established. 

8. An abstract noun is the name of a quality considered apart from its substance, Ex. 

Goodness. 

9. (a) Courts-martial, (b) Loaves, (c) Errata, {d} Ladies, (e) dies. 

10. Answers will differ. Ex. The report will have been received in time. 

2d and 3rd Grades, - . . . June 13, 1891. 

1. Predicates of subordinate clauses: vnll trouble, have seen,\have) neglected, would ques- 

tion, {would) commune, had been overlooked. 

2. Indicative modes, are, tcill trouble, have seen, {have) neglected, Jiad been overlooked. 
Infinitive modes: to examine, to find. 

Potential modes: would question, (would) commune, would be surprised. 

3. Present, are, to examine, to find. 

Past, would question, (would) commune, would be surprised. 

Future, mil trouble. 

Present perfect, have seen, (have) neglected. 

Past perfect, had been overlooked. 

4. {a) But is an adverb modifying the verb would question, (b) Such is a specifying ad- 

jective modifying the noxxn flowers. 

5. {a) Subject of the verb will trouble, — nominative case, (b) Object of the verb have 

seen, — objective case. ^ 

6. Few. It is the subject of the verb are, and is in the nominative case. 

7. Answers will differ. ' 

8. A personal pronoun is a pronoun whose form shows of what person it is. 

9. Answers will differ. ' 

10. Answers will differ. Ex. I saw a beautiful tree of great size, which stood on the 
mountain. 

139 



State of New York. 
uniform examina ti on que stions. 

METHODS AND SCHOOL ECONOMY. 

2d and 3rd Grades, _ . - - . April 5, 1890. 

1. State your questions and the pupil's probable answers in leading him to solve the 

following problem: If the interest of one dollar for a year is six cents, what 
will be the interest on twelve dollars and thirty-five cents for the same time V 15 

2. What plan —state as to time and manner — would you follow in giving pupils 

individual help in the preparation of their lessons? 10 

3. W'ould you regularly and systematically practice map drawing in your geogra- 

phy work? Why? 15 

4. Which requires greater maturity of intellect, History or Grammar? Why? 15 

5. Give an illustration, by example, of a good method of teaching phonics. 10 

6. How should a solid object be first studied with reference to a representation of 

it by a drawing ? 10 

7. At what period of school life should pupils begin to learn the proper xise of 

capital letters and punctuation marks? Why? 10 

8. How many hours, daily, should pupils under eight years old be kept at school ? 

In case you were obliged to retain such pupils considerably longer than the 
time you name, what plan would you adopt to avoid injury? ""5 

2d and 3rd Grades, . . . . - May 3, 1890. 

Each of the followiug questions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 
1. How would you teach a child, objectively, that twenty divided by five equals four? 
8. When do you assign a lesson for future recitation, at the beginning, or at the close 
of a recitation ? Why ? 

3. Which do you employ more, in teaching geography, the pupil's memory, or his 

imagination ? Give reasons for your answer. 

4. A child uses the expression, " I know who he means; " how would you lead him to 

correct his error, in case he studies grammar ? How, in case he has never studied 
grammar ? 

5. What is the strongest reason you can offer for written, rather than oral spelling 

lessons ? 

6. What faculties of the mind are chiefly employed in the study and expression of form 

in drawing? 

7 If your school room have no openings except doors and windows, how will you ven- 
tilate it in cold weather without endangering the health of teacher and pupils? 

8. Which should precede, rules and definitions, or a knowledge of processes and con- 
crete particulars ? Why ? 

2d and 3rd Grades, .... - August 19, 1890. 

1. What are the objects of a recitation? 10 

2 Find the value of ^ ^ ^ , and explain how each part of the fractional 
4 X 30 X 42 
result is obtained. 10 

3. How would you give a child ideas of color ? Why ? 10 

4. Name two qualities in the teacher which will secure the attention of pupils. 10 

5. What is the best means of ascertaining whether pupils understand the meaning 

of a word ? 10 

6. State two ways by which you would develop thoughts as the basis of language 

lessons. 10 

7. What is the main advantage to be derived from drawing from objects rather 

than from copies ? IQ 

140 



State of New York. 

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 

METHODS AND SCHOOL ECONOMY.— Answers. 

Answers to all questions on tliis subject admit of variation. 



141 



State of New York. 

UNIFORM EXAMINA TION QUESTIONS. 

METHODS AND SCHOOL ECONOMY. 

2d and 3rd Grades, ----- August 19, 1890. 

8. In teaching number wliy are objects combined in groups of ten ? 10 

9. Mention one of the common branches taught in schools, which is well adapted 

to the cultivation of the imagination. 10 

10. Which is the more important, as an end to be sought, a knowledge of Physiology 

or of Hygiene ? 10 

1st Grade, .-.-.. August 20, 1890. 

1. What part of a school-room window, if any, should be shaded? 10 

2. Which of the senses gives the strongest basis for the memory of a particular 

percept? Why? 10 

3. In recording class standing would you recognize any thing but results shown in 

the recitation ? Why ? 10 

4. Give an illustration in the teaching of grammar of {a) the analytical method; 

(6) the synthetic method. 10 

5. What abuses are likely to arise from the practice of rating pupils' knowledge 

of a subject from work prepared at home? 10 

6. Name two studies which are specially adapted to the cultivation of the reason. 10 

7. What is the best stimulent to study (a) in primary classes; (b) in advanced 

classes? ' 10 

8. Give two advantages and one disadvantage arising from recitations by classes. 10 

9. What are the most important elements of the art of writing? What is the best 

method to be pursued in securing each ? 10 

10. How would you explain to a class the process of finding the difference of longi- 
tude between two places when the difference in time is given ? 10 

2d and 3rd Grades, .... September 6, 1890. 

1. Show how you would develop the idea of a decimal from (a) a common frac- 

tion ; {b) from an integer. (10) 

2. Distinguish between the following terms: (a) alphabet method; (6) phonio 

method; (c) word method. (10) 

3. What is the chief value of the study of drawing ? (10) 

4. What method of teaching will prove especially beneficial when the pupils of a 

class have different text-books ? (10) 

5. What ol)jects are to be sought in recitation by an advanced reading class ? (10) 

6. Show the application of the maxim, "Ideas before words," in development 

lessons. (10) 

7. What is the proper temperature for a school room ? (10) 

8. Some members of your grammar class habitually use such expressions as "He 

done it," " He sets in the seat," etc. What part of the subject matter should 

be carefully taught with special reference to this error ? (10) 

9. State two advantages in having a well-prepared program. (10) 

10. In what grades and to what extent should supplementary reading be used? (10) 

2d and 3rd Grades, October 4, 1890. 

1. What is mechanical reading? How would you overcome it? (10) 

2. Ideas based exclusively on one sense cannot be obtained through another. 

Illustrate the application of the foregoing law in teaching (10) 

3. In primary work which should precede, the definition or the development of 

the idea? Why? (10) 

142 



State of New York. 

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC IN S T liUC T 1 N. 

METHODS AND SCHOOL ECONOMY.— Answers. 

Answers to all questions on this subject admit of variation. 



143 



State of New York. 
uniform examination questions. 

METHODS AND SCHOOL ECONOMY. 

2d and 3rd Grades, ----- October 4, 1890. 

4. What should guide you in assigning lessons to a class ? (10) 

5. Give three good rules to be observed by the teacher in school government. (10) 

6. State your questions, and the pupil's probable answers, in leading him to 

understand a process of dividing 5 by f . (10) 

7. What is meant by the "art of computation " as used in arithmetic? (10) 

8. Name two school exercises which specially cultivate the perceptive faculties. (10) 

9. Describe a plan for a language exercise in primary teaching. (10) 
10. What are proper incentives to study? (10) 

2d and 3rd Grades, . . ,. - November 1, 1890. 

Each of the following qaeetione has ten credits assigned to it. 

1. V/hy should incorrect forms never be presented to the eyes of children? 
3. Multiply 576 by 32, and state how you would explain to a class the true value of 
the partial products. 

3. State two advantages resulting from oral spelling. 

4. Give a good method of teaching current topics. 

5. State two rules to be usually observed by the teacher in questioning. 

6. What is the teacher's duty in regard to the peculiarities of temper in children? 

7. What method do you pursue in assigning lessons? 

8. What are two of the principal elements in memorizing? 

9. To what extent would you yield to adverse opinion in the use of new methods? 

10. In teaching the physical geography of a continent, in what order would j'ou take 
up the following topics: liivers, climate, highlands, lakes, animal and vegetable 
life? Give, in general terms, a reason for the order of presentatiou. 

2d and 3rd Grades, - . . - . January 17, 1891» 

Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 

1. Why should objective teaching be used in the primary grades? 

2. State three things a teacher should guard against in asking questions for test purposes. 

3. What initiatory lessons in geography should be introduced in primary grades? 

4. Name five leading topics in the order that they should be considered in the study 

of a countrj^ ? 

5. State two advantages of written spelling over oral spelling. 

6. Illustrate concretely the operation of subtracting 7 from 13. 

7. Explain the process of multiplying G by |. 

8. Give two good results arising from requiring pupils to reproduce the reading lesson 

in their own language. 

9. Mention two advantages derived from exammations. 

10. What is the most effective way of teaching morals to children? 



144 



State of New York. 
department of public ins t r v c t 1 n. 

METHODS AND SCHOOL ECONOMY. — Answers. 

Answers to all questions on this subject admit of variation. 



2d and 3rd Grades, . - - . . January 17, 1891. 

1. Because it appeals to the perceptive faculty "which is the most active in childhood. 

2. Against asking: (1) direct questions; (2) questions suggesting the answer; (3) 

ambiguous and obscure questions; (4) alternative questions; (5) questions uni- 
formly stated in the same form. 

3. Lessons on the location and direction of objects in the school room, map of school 

room and school grounds, and relative position of familiar objects iu the district. 

4. Answers may differ, but they should show a logical relation of the topics. 

5. It trains the eye, enables each pupil to spell a greater number of words, and culti- 

vates the power of attention. 

6. As seven units of the first order cannot be taken from three units of the first order, 

the one unit of the second order is added to the three units of the first order, 
making thirteen units of the first order. Seven units from thirteen units leaves 
six units. The operation may be illustrated objectively. 

7. 6 is to be taken §■ of a unit times. If one unit taken f of a time is f of one unit, 

six units taken f of a time will be six times greater or J^3. = 4. Therefore, G 
taken f of a unit times = 4. 

8. Tests the undel-standing, develops the power of expression, secures attention, and 

cultivates the memory. 

9. To fix knowledge; to stimulate pupils; to secure data for reports, records and 

promotions. 
10. A moral example by the teacher, callmg attention to moral actions, and enforcing 
rules of good conduct. 

145 



State of New York. 
unifoem examina tion questions. 

METHODS AND SCHOOL ECONOMY. 
2d and 3rd Grades, .... February 14, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 

1. What is sensation ? 

2. Arrange in order of mental development any three of the following faculties of the 

mind: sensation, perception, reason, imagination, conception, judgment, memory. 

3. Name three conditions of the pupils that should govern a teacher in the arrangement 

of seats ? 

4. Give two important reasons for teaching phonic analysis in connection with primary 

reading. 

5. Name the order in which the following should be taught: parallels, zones, axis, 

equator. 

6. Show two ways of finding the greatest common divisor of 24, 56, 160. 

7. During what period in school life is the habit of observing the forms of words and 

correct spelling best formed? 

8. Give the best two ways of fixing a word in the mind. 

2d and 3rd Grades, _ . - - - March 3, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has twelve and one-half credits assignea to it. 

1. What are the three great divisions of the mind ? 

2. What general method of teaching should be employed to train the senses? 

3. What two conditions should be specially regarded in the classification of pupils ? 

4. What power or faculty of the mind is cultivated by questioning after the reading 

lesson '? 

5. Name three causes affecting climate, that should be taught in advanced Geography. 

6. What method can be used to divide three-fourths by two-thirds without inverting 

the terms of the divisor ? 

7. Mention three powers of the child that are incidentally cultivated in primary lan- 

guage lessons. 

8. What is the object of giving conversational lessons in language teaching? 

1st Grade, .-...- March 4, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 

1. What is the difference between inductive and deductive reasoning? 

2. State one respect in which memory and imagination differ. 

3. Give one judicious and one injudicious method of inflicting punishment. 

4. Name a principle of teaching violated by requiring beginners to memorize the defi- 

nitions of Geography. 

5. If the child has the thought in reading, why will not good oral reading necessarily 

follow ? 

6. Give the statements or results taught in teaching 4 synthetically, 

7. What should guide a teacher in selecting words for spelling lessons? 

8. Name four characteristics of correct written language in elementary work. 

9. Is education a science, or an art, or both ? Why ? 

10. What more should a teacher aim to do for a pupil than to instruct and develop the 
mind ? 

146 



State of New York. 
department of public instruction. 

METHODS AND SCHOOL ECONOMY.— Answers. 

2d and 3rd Grades, .... February 14, 1891. 

1. Sensation is the impression made by any one of the senses being brought in contact 

with an object external to itself. 

2. Sensation, perception, memory, imagination, conception, judgment, reason. 

3. Moral condition; physical condition, such as size, sex, and grade. 

4. To furnish the key to the pronunciation of words; to cultivate the vocal orgao6. 

5. Axis, equator, parallels, zones. 

6. This may be shown by actual work or by description. 

7. During the first two years, generally. 

8. By writing it; by frequently recalling the form of it. 



2d and 3d Grades, - - - . . March 3, 1891. 

1. Intellect, sensibility, will. 

2. Object teaching. 

3. Usually ability and scholarship. 

4. Memory chiefly. 

5. Latitude, altitude, mountams, winds, bodies of water, ocean currents, 

6. Change each to the same denomination, then divide the numerator of the dividend 

by the numerator of the divisor. 

7. Attention, observation, memory, imagination. 

8. To awaken thought ; to cultivate oral language. 



1st Grade, ....... March 4, 1891. 

1. Inductive reasoning is from the particular to the general; deductive reasoning is 

from the general to the particular. 

2. Memory reproduces the actual, and imagination constructs the ideal. 

3. Judicious way, by reproof, by depriving of some privilege; injudicious way, by cow- 

ardly, cruel, degrading and vindictive punishments. 

4. " Ideas should precede words." "Proceed from the known to the unknown." 

5. Bad habits of speaking or reading, or lack of vocal training may prevent. 

6. 3+1=4; 1+3=4; 2+2=4; 4X1=4; others may be given. 

7. The words should be in the child's vocabulary; they should be found in the next 

succeeding lessons. 

8. Correct spelling; correct punctuation; proper use of capital letters; proper choice of 

words. 

9. Both. A science, because it embraces the principles on which the practice or art is 

founded. An art, because it considers all the means employed to accomplish defi- 
nite results. 
10. To cultivate good manners; to develop the moral nature. 

147 



State of New York. 
uniform examination questions. 

METHODS AND SCHOOL ECONOMY. 
2d and 3rd Grades, . . . - _ April 4, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has twelve^nd one-half credits assigned to it. 

1. Why is the study of mental scieuce of value to the teacher? 

2. What is the difference between an idea and a thought ? 

3. In what way may school grounds be improved to cultivate the taste ? 

4. Mention three methods of conducting a recitation. 

5. Give two important reasons why so many pupils do not read fluently. 

6. Why should there be oral spelling in school ? 

7. Which should be taught first, the tropics and polar circles, or zones ? Why ? 

8. If a spelling lesson consists of ten words, how could a language lesson be made of it? 



2d and 3rd Grades, - ... - May 2, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 

1. What mental faculty is specially exercised in the study of mathematics? What one 

in the study of history ? 
3. Mention three qualifications or characteristics on the part of the teacher essential to 

school government. 

3. Name two physical conditions, external to the pupil, favorable to study. 

4. Why should the diacritical marks be taught in reading ? 

5. Which should pupils be taught first, map of school grounds or map of town ? Why ? 

6. How long should the use of objects be continued in number work ? 

7. When should the teaching of spelling begin ? 

8. When should language teaching commence? When end? 

2d and 3rd Grades, - - . . - June 13, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 

1. Name («) a study illustrating an objective science; and (&) a study illustrating a sub- 

jective science. 

2. Mention two objects the teacher should aim to secure, in school organization. 

3. State the advantages of pleasant and suitable school grounds. 

4. If script letters are used in first lessons in reading, how may the transition be made 

to the Roman letters ? 

5. Name two important ends or results to be secured in teaching primary arithmetic 

6. Give reason for teaching syllabication of words in spelling. 

7. What should be given as first lessous in primary language work? 

8. What 1? the chief advantage in copying words in spelling ? 



148 



State of New York. 
department of public instruction. 

METHODS AND SCHOOL ECONOMY.— Answers. 

2d and 3rd Grades, . _ . , April 4, 1891. 

1. In order that the kind and method of instruction may be adapted to the mental 

capacity of the pupil. 

2. An idea is a single mental act or picture, while thought is made up of two or more 

related ideas. 

3. By planting trees and flowers; by laying out pleasant walks. 

4. By questions, by topics, by discussions, by lectures. 

5. They cannot recognize all words at sight; they do not comprehend the thoughts ex- 

pressed; they have not trained the vocal organs. Other answers equally important 
may be accepted. 

6. Gives variety in the work; cultivates distinct articulation. 

7. The circles. Because they mark the boundaries of the zones. 

8. By requiring the pupils to write sentences or stories containing the words. 

2d and 3rd Grades, . . . . . May 2, 1891. 

1. The reasoning faculty in mathematics. The memory or imagination in history. 

2. Self-control, energy, vigilance, will-power, system, good teaching 

3. Pure air, suitable exercise, proper diet and abundant sleep. 

4. To aid a pupil in the pronunciation of new words. 

5. School grounds. Because more simple and they can see what is to be represented. 

6. Until the pupils can think accurately and unhesitatingly without them. 

7. When you commence to teach reading. 

8. When the child enters school. When he leaves school. 



2d and 3rd Grades, - - - June 13, 1891. 

1. (ff) The study of any of the material or physical sciences. (&) The study of mental 

science. 

2. To keep the pupils employed; to enable the teacher to accomplish the best results. 

Other correct answers may be accepted. 

3. To cultivate the taste; to afford better physical conditions. Other correct answers 

may be accepted. 

4. Write and print the same words on the board to show the similarity in form; or 

write some words on the board, then ask the pupils to find corresponding words 
in the book. 

5. Accuracy, rapidity. 

6. Because it is part of spelling work. 

7. Conversational or object lessons. 

8. Impress the form of words upon the child's mind by repetition. 

149 



•State of New York, 

UNIFORM EXAMINATION. QUESTIONS. 

PHYSICS. 

1st Grade, - . . . . August 20, 1890. 

1. What force gives to shot a globular form ? 10 

2. When a steam whistle is sounded at a considerable distance from the observer, 

which is perceived first, the escaping steam or the sound 1 Why '? 10 

3. What specific property of matter makes it possible to produce gold leaf '? 10 

4. To what physical force is due the fact that wetting a rope shortens it ? 10 

5. In accordance with what law of heat, and what law of pressure of gases, does 

the sun cause winds V 10 

6. Why is the weight of a locomotive an important factor in moving heavy trains ? 10 

7. Why will more time be required to cook eggs, by boiling, on a high mountain 

than at sea level '? 10 

8. A gain in power by the use of machinery necessitates what corresponding loss ? 10 

9. State the physical law in accordance with which evaporation of perspiration 

lowers the temperature of the body. 10 

10. State the three kinds of equilibrium of bodies. Give an example of each. 10 

1st Grade, __..-. March 4, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 

1. Pour boiling water into a tumbler and it will crack; immerse a tumbler in boiling 
water, and it will not crack . Explain this. 

3. In producing electricity for experimental purposes by friction, should the rubbers 
be conductors or non-conductors ? Why? 

3. For conducting sound, which is better, solids or gases? Describe an experiment 

that would verify your answer. 

4. Two bodies o,f unequal density will fall in a vacuum, with the same velocity. What 

law does this illustrate ? In air, the bodies will fall with unequal velocity. Why ? 

5. Why will ice imbedded in sawdust be preserved better than if it were imbedded in 

solid wood ? 

6. Define elasticity. Describe a simple experiment which will illustrate the property 

of elasticity. 

7. Mention a substance which is tenacious. Describe a simple experiment which would 

show its tenacity. 

8. A lever is balanced with weights over a fulcrum; one weight of two pounds is seven 

and a half feet from the fulcrum; the other weight is six pounds. How far is the 
latter from the fulcrum ? (Make no allowance for the weight of the lever.) 

9. When you write with a lead pencil, what attractive force holds the lead which is 

removed from the pencil, to the paper ? 

10. What causes the agitation of boiling water ? 

160 



State of. New , York. 

DEPARTMENT F P UBLI G INS TEV C T I ON. 

PHYSICS.— Answers. 

1st Grade, ..--._ August 20, 1890. 

1. Cohesion. 
3. The steam. Light travels faster than sound. 

3. Malleability. 

4. Capillary attraction. 

5. Heat causes matter to expand. Gases press equally in all directions. 

6. The friction between the driving wheels and the track is thereby increased. 

7. The atmospheric pressure being increased, the boiling point is reached with less 

heat. 

8. A loss in, time. 

9. By the evaporation of a fluid, heat is absorbed. 

10. Stable, unstable and indifferent. 

Ex. A chandelier hanging from the ceiling; a man standing on a tight-rope ;^a sphere 
lying on a horizontal table. 

1st Grade, .-..-.. March 4, 1891. 

1. In the first case, the boiling water is in contact with only one side of the glass; con- 

sequently the glass expands unequally on the inside and on the outside. This 
cracks the glass. In the second case, the water is in contact with both sides of 
the glass, the expansion is equal on both sides and the glass is uninjured. 

2. Non-conductors. Because, if the rubbers were conductors, the electricity generated 

would be instantly conveyed away and, consequently, would be lost for experi- 
mental purposes. 

3. Solids. Answers to the second will differ. 

4. Under the influence of gravity alone all oodies fall with the same velocity. Because, 

the bodies being of unequal density, the resistance of the air, in case of the lighter 
substance, will be greater in proportion to its mass. 

5. Because the spaces between the particles of saw dust are filled with air which is one 

of the best non-conductors of heat, while wood is denser and allows less space for 
air. 

6. Elasticity is a property of matter which causes a body to resume its original form 

after it has been compressed or extended or twisted. The experiments described 
may differ. 

7. Answers to the first part will differ. Try to divide the substance by pulling, and it 

resists your efforts. 

8. Two and one-half feet. 

9. Adhesion. 

10. The steam generated at the bottom of the vessel and rising through the water. 

151 



State of New York. 
uniform examina tion q uestion's. 

PHYSIOLOGY AND HYGIENE. 
2d and 3d Grades, .... - April 5, 1890. 

Of tlio following questions, the candidates will answer only six, to each of which sixteen and 
two-thirds credits are assigned. 

1. How many phalanges in each finger? How many in the thumb? 

2. Describe the effect upon the bony frame of a child from allowing him to assume an 

habitually stooping posture. 

3. Where are the mesenteric glands located ? 

4. Which one of the four cavities of the heart has the thickest walls ? 

5. How might injury to the brain result from having the clothing too tight around the 

neck ? 

6. Why does muscular action produce warmth ? 

7. When spirituous liquors or onions are taken into the stomach their characteristic 

odors are afterward perceptible in the breath ? Explain how this happens. 

8. Give the technical name for each of the following: {a) Wind-pipe, (&) breast-bone, 

(f) gullet, (f?) shoulder-blade, {e) knee-pan, (/) large intestine, {g) collar-bone, (/i) 
small intestine, {i) instep. 

2d and 3rd Grades, _ - . . May 3, 1890. 

Each of the following questions lias twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 

1. Wliy is the bony frame of the body more likely to become misshapen or deformed 

in childhood than in old age ? 

2. What is the principal function of ligaments ? 

3 . Name five parts of the alimentary canal, or digestive tract. 

4. Name two fluids which are agents for converting chyme into chyle. 

5. By the contraction of which cavity of the heart is the pulse produced ? 

6. Would you call the muscles of the diaphragm voluntary or involuntary ? Why ? 

7. Describe and explain the effect on respiration of fastening a firm and inelastic band 

tightly around the waist. 

8. Draw a diagram of the eye, showing all the parts, and indicate each part shown. 
2d and 3rd Grades, ..... August 19, 1890. 

Each of the following questions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 

1. With what two bones does each shoulder-blade articulate ? 

2. Why are low and broad boot heels better than high and nari'ow ones ? 

3. How does cleanliness of the skin aid the lungs? 

4. What is the office of the muscles which form a part of the walls of the alimentary 

canal ? 

5. Name three organs of the body which require exercise and care for a proper training 

of the voice. 

6. Name two articles of food which serve mainly to build up tissue, and three articles 

which serve mainly to produce heat and fat. 

7. Which portion of the brain is affected when the mind is disordered? 

8. Name two organs, on the surface of which the sense of taste is located. What 

membrane covers these surfaces ? 

1st Grade, ...... August 19, 1890. 

1. Describe the manner of articulation of the bones of the fore-arm, at elbow and 

wrist, which allows both rotary and angular motions. 10 

2. In respect to what one office or function, do the skin, the kidneys, and the lungs 

resemble each other ? 10 

152 



State of New York. 
department f p ubl i g ins t ru c t i on. 

PHYSIOLOGY AND HYGIENE. — Answers. 

2d and 3rd Grades, - - . - . April 5, 1890. 

1. Three. Two. 

2. The backbone may become curved, unnaturally, and the other bones inclosing the 

cavity of the chest may become drawn together so as to contract tliat cavity. 

3. In the abdomen; the lacteals pass through them from the intestine to the thoracic 

duct. 

4. The left ventricle. 

5. The constriction of the veins of the neck might prevent the blood from freely flow- 

ing from the brain and thus produce congestion of that organ. 

6. The muscular action stimulates the flow of the blood, and increases the chemical 

action incident to repairing the waste occasioned by the muscular action. 

7. These substances enter the blood and so pass, in the blood, to the lungs; thence they 

emit their effluvia in the exhaled air. 

8. («) Trachea, (&) sternum, (c) oesophagus, {d) scapula, (e) patella, (/) colon, caecum 

and rectum, {g) clavicle, (A) duodenum, jejenum and ileum, (i) metatarsus. 

2d and 3rd Grades, . . . . . May 3, 1890. 

1. Because the bones are more yielding in childhood than in later life. 

2. To hold the bones together at the joints. 

3. Mouth, oesophagus, stomach, small intestine, large intestine. 

4. Pancreatic juice, bile. 

5. The left ventricle. 

6. Answers will vary. 

7. The lower ribs are drawn downward, and those on the right and left sides brought 

closer together, contracting the cavity of the chest; besides, the intercostal 
muscles do not have opportunity for free action; all these circumstances obstruct 
respiration. 

8. Answers cannot well be shown here. 

2d and 3rd Grades, August 19, 1890. 

1. With humerus and clavicle. 

2. Because, with the low heel the weight of the body is distributed over the whole 

sole of the foot, and not thrown upon the toes as is the case with high-heeled 
shoes. The broad heel gives a good base for supporting the body. 

3. The skin, if kept clean, does a large share of eliminating waste material from the 

blood; this work might otherwise partly fall upon the lungs. 

4. Their office is to keep up the motion which facilitates digestion, and also passes the 

undigested portions of the food along the canal. 

5. The larynx, the lungs, the diaphragm. 

6. Answers will differ. 

7. The cerebrum. 

8. The tongue and the soft palate. The mucous membrane. 

1st Grade, ------ August 19, 1890. 

1. The radius articulates at the wrist and does not articulate at the elbow, while the 

ulna articulates at the elbow and also at the wrist. 

2. They all eliminate waste material from the blood. 

153 



State of New York. 
uniform examina tion questions. 

PHYSIOLOGY AND HYGIENE. 

1st Grade, August 19, 1890. 

3. Under what circumstance will blood become clotted ? Of what is the clot com- 

posed ? 10 

4. If you compare the vocal organs to the parts of a musical instrument, what cor- 

responds to the bellows of the instrument ? What corresponds to the portion 
of the instrument that originates the tones ? What corresponds to the portion 
of the instrument which produces resonance ? 10 

5. What is the oflBce of the portal vein ? 10 

6. In arranging articles of food under the two heads Tissue Building, and Heat and 

Fat Producing, under which head would you place lean meat? potato ? beans ? 
cheese ? sugar ? 10 

7. Which of the two great portions of the brain is affected when a man staggers 

in walking ? 10 

8. Describe the surface appearance and the anatomical structure of the papillae of 

the skin. 10 

9. How is communication kept up between the outer air and the cavity of the mid- 

dle ear? • 10 

10. What tissue or organ is affected in case of a sprain 1 10 

2d and 3rd Grades, ... - - September 6, 1890. 

Each of the following questions has twelve and cue-half credits assigned to it. 
1. Give a reason for avoiding very active exercise immediately after a meal. 
3. Give the name of the tissue that envelops the muscles and their fibres. 

3. Give hygienic reasons for breathing through the nostrils rather than through the 

mouth. 

4. Name three conditions favorable to digestion of food in the stomach. 

5. What is a ganglion? 

6. Of what use is the outer ear ? 

7. What purpose is served by winking ? 

8. Name several vital organs which suffer from tight lacing or tight bands around 

the waist. 

2d and 3rd Grades, . . . - _ October 4, 1890. 

Elach of the following questions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 

1. How many bones between the knee joint and the ankle joint? What are their 

names? 

2. Whj' is prolonged exercise to be avoided before breakfast? 

3. Describe the sweat glands and their function. 

4. Through what arteries, veins and capillaries does the blood flow in its passage from 

the right veniricle to the left auricle? 

5. Of which kind of nerve matter are ganglia mainly composed? What is the office of 

white nerve matter? What is the office of gray nerve matter? 

6. Why is there a partial loss of the sense of smell when we have a cold? 

7. Locate and state the office of the ear-drum. 

8. Give a rule of hygiene in regard to the air we breathe, as to its effect on the blood. 

State reason for the rule given. 



154 



State of New York. 

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION, 

PHYSIOLOGY AND HYGIENE.— Answers. 

1st Grade, .--_-. August 19, 1890. 

3. When it is drawn from the blood-vessels. Clot is composed of corpuscles and fibrin. 

4. The lungs correspond to bellows, the larnyx to the instruments that originate tones, 

and the pharynx and nasal cavities to the parts of an instrument that cause 
resonance. 

5. To convey blood, that has been enriched by recent absorptions from the stomach, 

to the liver. 

6. Tissue-building; heat and fat-producing; tissue-building; tissue-building; heat and 

fat-producing. 

7. The cerebellum. 

8. They appear as little elevations on the surface. They consist mainly of nerves and 

capillary blood-vessels, covered with integument. 

9. By the Eustachian tube leading from the middle ear to the mouth. 
10. The ligaments (composed of connective tissue). 

2d and 3rd Grades, - . . - September 6, 1890. 

1. Because the vital energy of the system is required for digesting the food that has 

been taken. 
3. Connective tissue, or white fibrous tissue. 

3. By inhaling the air through the nostrils, the solid particles in the form of dust, 

which are injurious to the lungs, are strained from it. In very cold weather 
also, the air is tempered somewhat before reaching the lungs when it is inhaled 
through the nose. 

4. Answers may differ. 

5. A nerve mass, or nerve centre. 

6. It serves to collect sound waves. 

7. The front of the eyeball is thereby kept clean and moist. 

8. Answers may differ, but all should include the heart, lungSj stomach, and liver. 

2d and 3d Grades, . . . . . October 4, 1890. 

1. Two; tibia and fibula. 

2. Because the body, being weak from long fasting, is not in a condition to spare the 

energy required for active exercise. 

3. They are very minute glands located in the true skin; their function is to secrete 

the perspiration from the blood and convey it to the surface of the skin. 

4. Through the pulmonary arteries, pulmonary veins, and pulmonary capillaries. 

5. Of gray matter. To convey or transmit impressions or impulses. To receive 

impressions or to originate impulses. 

6. Because the membrane, jn which the nerves of smell terminate is inflamed and 

covered with mucus. 

7. It is located between the auditory canal and the middle ear; its office is to receive 

the sound waves from the outer ear, and by its vibrations communicate their 
effect to the middle ear. 

8. The air we breathe should be reasonably pure, i. e.,it should contain a proper 

proportion of oxygen, because the blood demands a constant supply of oxygen, 
and if the air inhaled is deficient in oxygen, the purposes of circulation are not 
accomplished, the heart is overworked and the system suffers. 

155 



State of New York. 

UNIFORM EXxiMlNATION QUESTIONS. 

PHYSIOLOGY AND HYGIENE. 
2d and 3rd Grades, _ . . . . November 1, 1890. 

Each of the following qncBtions has twelve and one-half credits iiBsigned to it. 

1. Point out adaptation of means to end in the number and character of the bones of 

the wrist. 

2. From what source do the perspiratory ghmds draw the perspiration ? 

3. Give a rule of hygiene stating tlic effect of exercise on the blood. 

4. Write proper directions for ordinary daily care of the teeth. 

5. What part of the system is especially refreshed by sleep ? How many hotira of 

sleep, daily, does a child ten years old require ? How many hours, an adult ? 

6. Mention one article of food which, of itself alone, will sustain the body in health. 

Why will it do so ? 

7. Why does exercise increase the action of the heart ? 

8. What solid medium communicates vibrations of the ear-drum to the inner ear ? 



2d and 3rd Grades, - - . _ . January 17, 1891. 

Each of the following queetions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 

1. Of what two layers is the skin composed ? 

2. What change must starchy food undergo in digestion ? Fatty food ? 

3. Give an example of a voluntary muscle. Of an involuntary muscle. 

4. What is the advantage of having an open fire-place in a room even though it is not 

needed for lieating ? 

5. What change must solid sugar or salt undergo before wo can perceive their flavor ? 

Why? 

6. Why is it that too little bodily exercise often leads to an accumulation of fat ? • 

7. What is the ofHcc of the portal vein ? Of the pulmonary veins ? 

8. Explain, anatomically, how a disordered stomach can cause headache. 



2d and 3rd Grades, February 14, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 

1. Mention two important purposes served by the ribs. 

2. Describe a function of the skin suflSciently to show how cleanliness conduces to 

healtli. 

3. Which of the tissues in the walls of the stomach performs the peristaltic move- 

ments during the process of digestion ? What condition excites or induces this 
action ? 

4. Explain, anatomically, how an impression on the end of the finger can affect the 

brain. 

5. Which of the digestive agents contains pepsin ? What class of foods is digested 

by it? 

6. What is the color of connective tissue ? What is its use ? 

7-8. Describe the cerebrum, — mentioning (a) location; (5) kinds of tissue or substance 
of which it is composed; (c) convolutions; {d) function. 



166 



State of New York. 
depart ment of public instruction. 

PHYSIOLOGY AND HYGIENE.— Answers. 

2d and 3d Grades, - . . . . November 1, 1890. 

1. These bones are numerous and small, and, being firmly held in place ])y ligaments, 

flexibility and firnmess arc secured. 

2. From the blood. 

3. Exercise stimulates the action of the heart and lungs; this causes, in turn, a vigorous 

circulation of the blood, and the result is that all the purposes of circulation are 
more perfectly accomplished. 

4. Answers may dillcr. , 

5. The nervous system. About ten hours. About eight hours. 

G. Milk. Because it contains in proper proportion all the elements demanded by the 
body for growth and repair. 

7. Because it breaks down tissue and increases the amount of repair necessary ; this 

necessity acts as an impulse on the heart to send the blood more rapidly to the 
wasted parts. 

8. A chain of very small bones (hammer, anvil, stirrup). 

2d and 3rd Grades, . . . _ January 17, 1891. 

1. Cuticle, or scarf-skin, and cutis, or true skin. 

2. Starchy foods change to sugar; fatty foods are reduced to fine particles and 

mingled in a fluid in the form of a milky emulsion. 

3. Answers will vary. 

4. It serves as an aid to ventilation. 

5. They must be dissolved. Because solid jiarticlcs cannot penetrate to the nerve of 

taste. 

6. Because the nutriment supplied by the food is likely to be in excess of the amount 

required to repair the waste tissue, and the surplus is deposited in the form of fat. 

7. The function of the portal vein is to carry the blood, newly enriched by nutriment 

•absorbed from the digestive tract, to the liver. The pulmonary veins carry 
blood from the lungs to the left auricle of the heart. 

8. Free communication and close sympathy is maintained between the brain and 

the stomach by the nervous system. 

2d and 3rd Grades, . - . . February 14, 1891. 

1. The ribs serve to protect the vital organs of the chest, and also furnish an import- 

ant part of the apparatus for enlarging and compressing the cavity of the cheat 
in respiration. 

2. One of the functions of the skin is to secrete certain impurities from the blood and 

deposit them on the outer surface. Unless the surface is kept clean by bathing, 
the pores through which these secretions are discharged become clogged, and the 
process of secretion obstructed. 

3. The muscular tissue. The presence of food in the stomach. 

4. Nerve fibres, called sensory nerves, in connection with the spinal-cord, extend from 

the finger-tips to the brain, and convey sense impressions. 

5. The gastric juice. The albuminoids. 

6. It is white. Its oflBce is to bind together other tissues and organs. 

7-8. {a) The cerebrum is located in the upper part of the cranium. (6) It is composed 
of gray and white nerve tissue, (c) Its outer surface is marked by winding de- 
pressions and ridges called convolutions, {d) It is the seat of mental action. 

157 



State of New York. 
uniform examination questions. 

PHYSIOLOGY AND HYGIENE. 

2d and 3rd Grades, - . . . . March 3, 1891. 

1 . Explain how a hot foot-bath relieves headache. 
3- Explain the action of the valves in the veins. 

3. How does the character of the teeth indicate the kinds of food nature designs that 

we shall eat? 

4. What inconvenience would we suffer if the ligaments were elastic 1 

5. What is the office of the papillae on the tongue ? 

6. Locate the stomach with reference to the liver; with reference to the kidneys. 

7. What is the office of a gland ? What is the office of a duct, in connection with a 

gland ? 

8. What movement of the fore-arm is produced by flexor muscles ? To what bones are 

these muscles attached ? 



1st Grade, . . _ . March 3, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 

1. Of the ball and socket joint at the hip, what bone is supplied with the ball ? What 

bone furnishes the socket ? 

2. What is sensible perspiration ? What is insensible perspiration ? 

3. What are the two principal means of enlarging the cavity of the chest in the process 

of inspiration ? 

4. State two necessary conditions for healthful respiration — the one having reference 

to clothing, and the other to the position of the body. 

5. Name the fluid which has most to do with the digestion of lean meat or eggs. 

6. What is the office of nerve fibres? Give an illustration. 

7. What are the functions respectively of these three parts of the ear: (a) the prima, or 

outer ear ? (&) the ear drum ? (c) the chain of bones ? 

8. In what part of the eye-ball is (a) the retina located? (6) the cornea? (c) the vitreous 

humor ? 

9. At what part of the alimentary canal are most of the fats of the food withdrawn or 

absorbed ? At what part most of the sugar ? 
10. Name the membrane that envelopes thelieart; the arm; the tongue; the luugs; the 
stomach. 

2d and 3rd Grades, _ . . - . April 4, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 

1. Describe the bronchial tubes. 

2. What impairment of the nervous system is indicated by the loss of voluntary motion 

in a limb which retains the sense of touch ? 

3. Why are the hair and nails spoken of in connection with the skin ? 

4. What separates the auditory canal from the middle ear? 

5. Of what use are the little canals that permeate the substance of bone? 

6. Why does exercise increase the appetite ? 

7. Name the cavities of the heart in the order indicated by the flow of the blood, begin- 

ning with the left auricle. 

8. Name the two vital processes which are most seriously disturbed by tight clothing 

about the waist, 

158 



State of New York. 
department of public instruction. 

PHYSIOLOGY AND HYGIENE.— Answers. 

2d and 3rd Grades, - - March 3, 1891. 

1. It increases the flow of blood through the lower extremities and so relieves the head. 
8. They are so arranged as to allow the blood to flow toward the heart, but to prevent 
its flow in the opposite direction. 

3. The different kinds of teeth, as incisors, canines and molars, indicate adaptation for 

various kinds of food, both vegetable and animal. 

4. The joints would easily be dislocated. 

5. Their office is to furnish large surface exposure to the substances we take into the 

mouth for tasting. 

6. It is front and left of the liver. It is above the kidneys. 

7. The glands secrete substances from the blood. The ducts, in connection with the 

glands, convey the secretions of the glands and deliver them at the desired place. 

8. The fore-arm is drawn toward the upper arm by bending the elbow joint. The 

muscles are attached to radius, and ulna and radius. 

1st Grade, ..... . . March 3, 1891. 

1. The femur or hip bone. The innominate bone. 

2. Sensible perspiration is sweat that can be perceived. Insensible perspiration is the 

perspiration which is constantly eliminated by the skin in so small quantities as 
to be imperceptible under ordinary observation. 

3. By raising the ribs, and by lowering the diaphragm. 

4. The clothing should be loose around the chest and abdomen. 

The position of the body should be erect while sitting or standing. 

5. The gastric juice. 

6. To convey the effect of impressions upon the nerves, or impulses from the brain or 

other nerve center. Examples will differ. 

7. (a) To catch the sound waves. (&) To receive and communicate sound waves to the 

chain of bones, (c) To convey the sound waves to the inner ear. 

8. (a) In the back part, on the inside, (p) In the front, (c) It fills most of the ball, 

back of the lens. 

9. In the small intestine. In the stomach. 

10. The pericardium. The skin. The mucous membrane. The pleura. 
The serous membrane, or peritoneum, 

2d and 3rd Grades, ----- April 4, 1891. 

1. They are small tubes in the lungs, produced by ramification of the bronchi, and 

convey air to the air sacs. 

2. Paralysis of the motor nerves of that limb. 

3. Because they are appendages or modifications of the skin. 

4. The tympanum, or ear drum. 

5. The bone is supplied with nourishment through these passages. 

6. Because it increases waste of tissue and so increases the demand for repair. 

7. Left auricle, left ventricle, right auricle, right ventricle. 

8. Bespiratiou and circulation. 



159 



State of New York. 
uniform examina tion questions. 

PHYSIOLOGY AND HYGIENE. 

2d and 3rd Grades, ..--.. May 2, 1891. 

Each of the followiug questions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 

1. How does the relation between waste and repair change from childhood to old age 1 

2. GKve an example of a suture joint. Of a hinge joint. 

3. Compare a muscle when contracted with the same muscle when relaxed, {a) as to 

thickness; (6) as to length. 

4. Give two distinct reasons why the physical system is injured by taking too much 

food. 

5. Explain, physiologically, how a feeling of embarrassment can produce a blush. 

6. What is a capillary ? 

7. Name two parts of the eye, and state the function of each. 

8. How could you tell whether flowing blood was coming from a vein or an artery ? 

2d and 3rd Grades, _ _ - - - June 13, 1891. 

Each of the following; questions has twelve and one-half credits assigned to it. 

1. Describe the action of the muscular walls of the oesophagus in passing the food 

down to the stomach. 

2. Explain how good judgment in providing clothing may economize in the supply of 

food. 

3. What is the retina? What part of the eyeball gives the characteristic color to the 

eye? 

4. How are the vocal chords adjusted to produce a high tone ? What is the entire organ 

of the voice called. 

5. By what is the spinal cord protected ? Where is the medulla oblongata located? 

6. Of what kind of tissue is the soft palate composed mainly ? With what membrane 

is the palate invested ? 

7. Briefly describe the bony protection of the brain. 

8. Why is violent exercise attended with rapid breathing ? 

160 



State of New York. 
depa li t men t of public ins tb u (jtion. 

PHYSIOLOGY AND HYGIENE. — Answers. 

2d and 3rd Grades, ..... May 2, 1891. 

1. In childliood, repair is in excess of waste; in old age, the reverse is true. 

2. Parts of the skull are joined by sutures. Answers to the last will vary. 

3. {a) It is thicker when contracted; (/;) it is shorter when contracted. 

4. The digestive organs are overworked, the organs of secretion and elimination are 

overworked, an excess of fat is likely to result. 

(Any two of these, or other reasons could be accepted.) 

5. It is made possible by the influence of the brain, exerted through the nerves upon 

the blood vessels. 

6. A capillary is a very small blood vessel leading from an artery to a vein. 

7. Answers will vary. 

8. By its color. If from an artery it will be light scarlet, if from a vein darkish pur- 

ple. Also by the manner in which the blood flows. 

2d and 3rd Grades, . . . . _ June 13, 1891. 

1. The muscular rings contract in succession from above downward. 

2. A considerable portion of the food we eat is expended in keeping up the temperature 

of the body, and the demand for such food is reduced by a sufficient supply of 
warm clothing in cold weather. 

3. The retina is an expansion of the optic nerve in the back part of the eye ball. The 

iris. 
A, They are tightened to give a high tone. The larynx. 

5. By the spinal column. At the upper extremity of the spinal cord. 

6. Of muscular tissue. With the mucous membrane. 

7. It is the skull, composed of thin, hard, curved bones closely joined together so as to 

enclose the brain. 

8. Because it increases the demand for circulation of the blood, and the consequent in- 

crease of the flaw of blood to the lungs increases the demand for oxygen. 

161 



State of New York. 
jjitifoem examination questions, 

SCHOOL LAW. 

1st Grade, - - August 20, 1890. 

1. What remedy lias a teacher from whom a certificate is unjustly withheld by a 

school commissioner, or whose certificate has been annulled by the same 
authority, without good cause? 10 

2. Upon what two bases are the public school moneys apportioned to the several 

school districts ? What change in the law has recently been made in regard 

to the amount, or manner of apportioning, on one of these bases ? 10 

3. By what authority may a pupil residing in one district be allowed to attend 

school in another ? Who fixes the rate of tuition ? 10 

4. What are the limits of school age as defined by the law of this State 1 10 

5. State the causes for which a school commissioner may annul a teacher's certificate. 10 

6. Give three duties of a school trustee. 10 

7. How may a school-house unfit for school purposes be condemned ? 10 

8. To what amount has the school commissioner the right to order needed repairs 



upon a school-house, when the district neglects or refuses to make such 
repairs ■" 



10 



9, By what several authorities may teachers be legally qualified to teach in the 

public schools in this State ? 10 

10. How are school commissioners elected ? For how long? When does the next 
general election of school commissioners occur? On what date will those 
then elected assume the duties of their office ? 10 

1st Grade, ------ March 4, 1891. 

Each of the following questions has ten credits assigned to it. 

1. What is meant by " District Quota" in the apportionment of school money ? What 
is its amount ? 

3. How is a vacancy filled in the office of trustee of a common school district ? 

3. What authority has a school commissioner in the matter of school furniture ? 

4. What provision is made by law to prevent a trustee from giving a teacher an order 

on the collector when there are no funds in the hands of the collector sufficient 
to meet the same ? 

5. What is the shortest period of time for which a teacher may be employed, unless 

for the purpose of filling out an unexpired term of school ? 

6. If a teacher is unjustly dismissed during the term of employment, what is his 

remedy ? 

7. What penalties may be imposed if trustees fail to comply with the law in regard to 

health and decency ? 

8. For what amount may a school commissioner order repairs upon a school-house ? 

9. What day is fixed by law for Arbor Day ? 

10. Upon what bases do school commissioners apportion the school moneys allotted to 
each county ? 

162 



State of New York. 
department of public instruction. \ 

SCHOOL LA^A;'.— Answers. 

1st Grade, - .... August 20, 1890_ 

1. The teacher may appeal from the decision of the School Commissioner to the State 

Superintendent of Public Instruction. 

2. 1. The number of teachers employed in the district for at least thirty-two weeks 

during the school year. 2. The aggregate attendance of pupils of school age 
residing in the district. 

Each teacher's quota is made $100, without regard to the amount of money to be 
divided. 

3. The permission of the trustee or board of education of the district whose school he 

desires to attend. The trustee fixes the rate of tuition. 

4. Five years and twenty-one years. ' 

5. For immoral character. For willfully refusing or neglecting to comply with the 

provisions of the school law or regulations of the Superintendent of Public In- 
struction. For lack of competency to properly govern or instruct a school. For 
habitual conduct unbecoming a lady or a gentleman. 

6. Answers may vary. 

7. By the written order of the School Commissioner. 

8. Two hundred dollars. 

9. The State Superintendent of Public Instruction. A School Commissioner. Boards 

of Education or their agents, when empowered by special act of the legislature. 

10. By vote of the people of their respective districts. For three years. Nov. 4, 1890. 
Jan. 1, 1891. 

1st Grade, - . - - . . March 4, 1891. 

1. The amount of money apportioned to the several school districts by the State Super- 

intendent of Public Instruction, based upon the number of qualified teachers em- 
ployed for thirty-two weeks of five school days each during the year. $100. 

2. By election in the district within thirty days, but after such time the school commis- 

sioner may appoint 

3. He may direct the trustee to make any alterations or repairs to school furniture, or 

when in his opinion any furniture is unfit for use and not worth repairing, or 
when sufficient furniture is not provided, he may direc£ that new furniture shall 
be provided as he may deem necessary, provided that the expense of such altera- 
tions, repairs or additions to furniture shall not, in any one year, exceed the sum 
of one hundred dollars. 

4. 1 is made a misdemeanor. 

5. Ten weeks. 

6 An appeal to the State Superintendent of Public Instruction or a civil action in 
court. 

7. The trustees may be removed from office, and the public money may be withheld 

from the district. 

8. $200. 

9. The Friday following the first day of May. 

10. Upon the number of duly licensed teachers employed for the legal term, and upon 
the aggregate number of days of attendance. 

163 



n 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 
019 741 216 1 J 



^ 



